environmental impact report on relocation...

Environmental Impact Report on Pusteel Relocation Engineering of Baosteel

Shanghai Pudong Iron & Steel Co Ltd. Baoshan Steel Group

Environmental Impact Report on Relocation Engineering

(To be issued)

Shanghai Academy of Environmental Sciences

Certificate No. ： National Environmental Impact Assessment Certificate Grade A, No.1801

March, 2005

PDF created with pdfFactory Pro trial version www.pdffactory.com

E1720 v1

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

Pub

lic D

iscl

osur

e A

utho

rized

http://www.pdffactory.com


Shanghai Pudong Iron & Steel Co Ltd. Bao Shan Steel Group

Report on Environmental Impact of Relocation Project

Compilation Unit: Shanghai Academy of Environmental Sciences

EIA Certificate No. National Environmental Impact Assessment

Certificate Grade A, No.1801

Compilation Unit: Beijing United Environmental Assessment

Company

EIA Certificate No.：National Environmental Impact Assessment

Certificate Grade A, No.1013

Compilation Unit: Shanghai Metallurgical Design ＆ Research

Institute

EIA Certificate No.：National Environmental Impact Assessment

Certificate Grade B, No.1801




Report Compilers

Name Certificate Number

Jobs Signature

Yu Wenxi Project Management

Du Jing

EIA Qualification Certificate No.A18010057

Organize and coordinate the project

Wang Biao


Preface/1 General Provisions 7 Survey and evaluation of the environmental quality status 11 Analysis of affection on solid waste disposal 22 Assessment on the Environmental Influence of Dock Construction 16 Analysis of emissions control 23 Conclusion on Environmental Impact Assessment

Zhang Chuanxiu

EIA Senior Qualification Certificate No.JB1808001

3.General situation of construction project 4. Engineering analysis 5 Clean Production Analysis 11 Analysis of affection on solid waste disposal 23 Conclusion on Environmental Impact Assessment

Ni Xiaofeng

EIA Senior Qualification Certificate No.JB1808002

2 Retrospection of environment protection by Pusteel

Zhang Zhongci

EIA Qualification Certificate No.B1808003

Engineering analysis and relevant audit

Zhang Liuling

EIA Senior Qualification Certificate No.JA1013001

2 Retrospection of environment protection by Pusteel (audit) 3.General situation of construction project (audit) 4.Engineering analysis (audit) 5 Clean Production Analysis (audit) 23 Conclusion on Environmental Impact Assessment – suggestions (audit) 15 Technical and economic appraisal of environment protection measures




Huang Shenfa


13 Assessment of ecological environment effects

Fang Cuizhen


14 Assessment of social environment effects 21 Measures to Mitigate Environment Impact

Xiao Qing


9 Prediction and assessment of impact on water environment 10 Evaluation effects of the noise on the environment 12 Environment risk analysis 17. Consistency Analysis of Industrial Policies and Plans

Bao Xianhua


18 Analysis of environment economic gain or loss 20. Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

Shen Hong


6 Regional environmental status and investigation on pollution sources 19 Public Participation

Chen Minghua


8 Evaluation of atmospheric environment impact

Zhu Runfei


Audit the Report

The numerical results of Prediction and assessment of impact on water environment, and

assessment of dock spilling accident risk are offered by Lin Weiqing, the chief engineer in

Shanghai Academy of Environmental Sciences.




1

Preface

On December 3rd, 2002, with the official announcement from Monte Carlo, Monaco, Shanghai Finally was elected as the host of World EXPO in 2010, which is the glory of China, also the glory of Shanghai. People in Shanghai, supported by government, will hold it as the most successful, most wonderful, and most unforgettable international fair in history. At present, State has set up the organizing committee and executive committee of Shanghai World Expo 2010 and Shanghai has set up the World Expo Bureau and the World Expo Group. The preparation for World Expo 2010 in the full-scale has been started in a full swing. Recently, the former Secretary Chen Liangyu said that holding the World Expo 2010 is a significant historical opportunity for both China and for Shanghai. Shanghai City should fully understand the heavy task undertaken; then lead by the organizing committee, extend the deploy and requirements from the central government in detail, and seriously prepare for and run Shanghai World Expo 2010, accelerating the development of Shanghai, further enhancing the service level of Shanghai to the whole country as well as all-around construction of a well-off society.

The site of World Expo 2010 will be located in the waterfront between Lupu Bridge and Nanpu Bridge with the area of 5.28 km2, which main body will be finished before the end of 2007.Pusteel and the other two big factories—Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co., Ltd and Nanshi Power Plate, occupied the area of 2.18 km2 accounting for 40 percentage of land for World Expo, should entirely be moved out this area in 2006.Jiangnan Shipyard (Group) Co., Ltd will be relocated in Changxing Island, and take advantage of its deep water shoreline to carry out the construction; however, Nanshi Power Plate will be closed, not being constructed in another place. Pusteel is planned to move to Luojing, Baoshan and, together with Baoshan Steel, No 1 Steel and No 5 Steel, form a major steel base with respective features.

On April 28th, on the host of Shanghai Municipality, Pusteel respectively sign “Framework Agreement on the Purchase and Compensation of the Right to Use State-owned Land” with the Shanghai EXPO 2010 Land Banking Center, and “Framework Agreement on the Allocation Commission of the Pusteel’s New Location in Luojing” with Baoshan Government. For supporting and assisting the construction and holding of Shanghai World Expo, Pusteel, considering the general situation, have already started the removal and the land expropriation.

In the view of the fact that there are some sensitive water environment objects, as Chenhang Reservoir, Baosteel Reservoir and Fubei Reservoir to be constructed, in the northwest of the place where Pusteel to be relocated, the destination of wastewater discharged is to be further discussed. It is the fact that the local ambient air quality index,




2

as TSP yearly average concentration, have exceeded the Grade two of Standards Moreover, after finishing, Pusteel will also produce dust, gas dust, SO2, wastewater, waste residue and noise. According to the regulations in “Law of the People’s Republic of China on Environment Impact Assessment” and “Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection”, Decree No.253 of the State Council, all the new construction project, reconstruction and extension construction projects are subject to implementing impact assessment on the environment, and making report of impact on the environment, which are used for clarifying the impact of the construction project on the surrounding environment, and ensuring the strategic target for social, economic environmental sustainable development. On March 26th, 2004, Pusteel officially consigned the compilation of “Report on Environmental Impact of Project to be Relocated to Luojing of Pusteel of Baosteel Group” to Shanghai Academy of Environmental Sciences (hereinafter referred to as SAES) and Shanghai Metallurgical Design ＆ Research Institute (hereinafter referred to as SMDRI).

According to Pusteel’s requirements, the compilation of the report is divided into two stages. The first stage is the compilation of “Elementary Analysis of Environmental Impacts of Site Selection” finished in July, 2004. On July 19th 2004, Shanghai Environmental Protection Bureau put forward requirements on the environmental assessment report of this project to Municipal Development and Reform Commission in the letter of reply.

The second stage is the compilation of “General Outline for Environmental Assessment of the Project” and “Report on the Environmental Impact of the Project”.

After being completed, “General Outline for Environmental Assessment of the Project” shall be delivered to the State Environmental Protection Administration in Beijing for assessing and approving. Due to the reform of Administration Approval System for project establishment, the monitoring and management section in the State Environmental Protection Administration does not assess the General Outline for Environmental Assessment any longer, but assessing units are required to work together and unified strong-strong.

Pusteel has invited Beijing United Environmental Assessment Company to join in the compilation work of the Report, mainly focusing on “Engineering Analysis” and its content concerned engineering. From September on, complying to “Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment issued by the State Environmental Protection Administration and other relevant documents, and according to the content of “Engineering Analysis”, the three parties charging the compilation of the Report started to write the “Report on Environmental Impact of Project to be Relocated to Luojing of Pusteel of Baosteel Group”, on the basis of carefully reading and researching on relevant documents.

Pusteel had required the assessment shall have been finished on October 20th, 2004, the




3

time for the reference of starting the assessment. On October 20th, 2004, the first draft of the Report was submitted to the construction unit for approving.

On October 26th, 2004, Shanghai Environment Protection Bureau confirmed and ratified the relevant standards adopted in this environmental assessment, by the “Reply letter of implementation standards on environmental impact assessment for project to be relocated to Luojing by Pusteel of Baosteel Group”, No. [2004] 380,

October 9th to 10th, China International Engineering Consulting Corporation held the Expert Panel Discussion on the “Report on Environmental Impact of Project to be relocated to Luojing of Pusteel of Baosteel Group”, totally 40 people including Xu Kuangdi, Li Ming, Shi Qirong, Xie Qihua and other experts and leaders presenting. Experts and leaders attending the meeting adequately demonstrated the feasibility of the relocating project of Pusteel. It was their consensus that the relocation is imperative under the situation of World Expo, and that relocation should be connected with reconstruction, for example, the discharging amount of pollutants would be reduced largely by adopting the advanced COREX steel–making technology. Parts of equipments in Pusteel should be moved to No. 5 Steel to produce the special steel with more sound quality in No.5 steel favor.

In order to carrying out the spirit of Expert Panel Discussion, the content of Pusteel relocation project has been revises drastically. The revised content listed in the following table:




4

Table-1 the Construction and Change of Pusteel relocation Project

No. Construction

Content

Original Relocation

Project

First-step Construction Content

after revised

Second-step Construction Content

after revised

1 Stock yard 2 stackers, 3 reclaimers

2 stackers, 2 reclaimers

2 stackers, 2 reclaimers

2 Raw material dock

4250 thousand t/a

4250 thousand t/a 5450 thousand t/a

3 Finished products pier

4 berths for ships of 5000 ~10000 ton

4 berths for ships of 5000 ~10000 ton

4 Corex steel making

C2000×2 C3000×1 C3000×1

5 Oxygen Plant None 60000×2 60000×2 6 Limekiln None 300 t/d×2 300 t/d×2

7 MIDREX Furnace

1 set None 1 set

8 Top-bottom Blowing Converter

None 150t/d×1 150t/d×1

9 EAF(DC) 30t/d×2 100t/d×1 100t/d×1 10 CCPP None 125MV×2 125MV×1 11 Converter 120t/d×2 None None 12 RH + LF None 150×1+150×1 150×1+150×2 13 LF + VD 120×1+120×1 100×1+100×1 None

14 Slab Continuous Caster

1300mm×1 None None

15

Large-scaled Heavy Slab Continuous Caster

None 400mm×1 None

16 Heavy Slab Continuous Caster

One machine one strand x2

250mm×1 250mm×1

17 Heavy Plate Mill 4200/4200mm 4200/4200mm None

18 Steckel Mill

1470/1,470mm None Another Project to be Set

In order to promote the project, Pusteel of Baosteel Group held a meeting of the design




5

units and the environmental assessment units on November 3rd, and put forward requirements that the revised relocation project approval report and environmental assessment report should have been finished respectively on November 12th and on November 20th.3 environmental assessment units and 3 design units worked together to make the Report according to the time schedule, which meet the requirements of construction unit as much as possible. On October 25th, 2004, the first draft of the Report was finished and submitted to construction unit for approving; on October 10th, the Report draft for approving was finished.

Through the pre-evaluation, the Environmental Engineer Assessment Center in the State Environmental Protection Administration put forward 7 first draft opinions on the Report draft for approving. According to experts’ advises， the team supplemented and revised the Report seriously.

On March 3rd, 2005, the Environmental Engineer Assessment Center in the State Environmental Protection Administration hosted a technology assessment meeting about “Report on Environmental Impact of Relocation Project of Pusteel of Baosteel Group” in Shanghai. In “Expert Assessment Advise”, there were 8 more subjects being put forward-- “content needed to be revised and improved in the Report”. According to experts’ advises， the team revised and improved the Report seriously again. See Appendix.

This Report is compiled by three environmental assessment units.




6

Table-2 Chapters in the Report

Chapter Unit of

Compilation Chapter

Unit of Compilation

Preface/1 General Provisions

6 Regional environmental status

and investigation on pollution

sources

2 Retrospection of environment

protection by Pusteel

7 Survey and evaluation of the

environmental quality status

3 General situation of construction

project

8 Evaluation of atmospheric

environment impact 4 Engineering analysis

9 Prediction and assessment of

impact on water environment 5 Clean production

10 Evaluation of the effects of the

noise on the environment

11 Impact analysis of solid waste

disposal

11 Impact analysis of solid waste

disposal

12 Environment risk analysis

Beijing United

Environmental

Assessment

Company

& SMDRI

13 Assessment of ecological

environment effects

15 Technical and economic

appraisal of environment protection

measures

United

Environmental

Assessment

Company

14 Assessment of social

environment effects

18 Analysis of environment

economic gain or loss 16 Analysis of emissions control

19 The public participation 17 Consistency Analysis of

Industrial Policies and Plans

20 Environmental Management 23 Conclusions and Suggestions

21 Measures to Mitigate

Environment Impact

22 Environmental Impact

Assessment of Dock Construction

23 Conclusions and Suggestions

SAES

Beijing United

Environmental

Assessment

Company

& SMDRI

& SAES



Table of Contents

1. General Provisions ·····················································································1-1

1.1 Project Background And Geographic Location ························································· 1-1

1.2 Assessment Purpose And Principle ········································································· 1-1

1.2.1 Assessment Purpose ······························································································ 1-1

1.2.2 Rule Of Assessment ······························································································· 1-5

1.3. Criteria For Preparation Of Report ··········································································· 1-6

1.3.1. Attorney Letter ········································································································ 1-6

1.3.2. Relevant Documents Issued By Shanghai Environment Protection Bureau ··············· 1-6

1.3.3. Environmental Protection Laws And Regulations Of P.R.C········································ 1-6

1.3.4. Environment Protection Standards··········································································· 1-7

1.3.5. Technical Documents For Environmental Impact Assessment··································· 1-7

1.3.6. Documentations For Project Design········································································· 1-8

1.4. Environment Protection And Environment Sensitive Objects····································· 1-8

1.4.1. Environment Protection Objects ·············································································· 1-8

1.4.2. Environmentally Sensitive Objects··········································································· 1-8

1.5. Environmental Impact Identification And Assessment Factors Selection ···················· 1-9

1.5.1 Identification Of Environmental Impact Factors························································· 1-9

1.5.2 Selection Of Assessment Factors ············································································ 1-11

1.6. Determination Of Technical Index For Assessment··················································· 1-11

1.6.1 Assessment Grade ································································································· 1-12

1.6.2 Assessment Range································································································· 1-13

1.6.3 Assessment Standards···························································································· 1-13

1.6.4 Focus Of Assessment ····························································································· 1-16

1.7 Assessment Procedures ························································································· 1-16

2. Review Of Environmental Protection By Pusteel ·······································2-1

2.1. General ·················································································································· 2-1

2.2. Current Situation Of Pusteel ···················································································· 2-1

2.2.1. General Situation Of Pusteel ··················································································· 2-1

2.2.2. General Situations Of The Branches········································································ 2-4

2.3. Main Pollution Source, Pollutants And Countermeasures·········································· 2-10

2.3.1. Exhaust Gas··········································································································· 2-10

2.3.2. Wastewater ············································································································ 2-12

2.3.3. Noise······················································································································ 2-13

2.3.4. Comprehensive Utilization Of Solid Waste ······························································· 2-14

2.4. Total Pollutant Emissions························································································· 2-16

2.4.1. Exhaust Gas··········································································································· 2-16

2.4.2. Wastewater ············································································································ 2-17

2.5. main environmental issues in the existing project ····················································· 2-17

3. General Situation Of Construction Project ·················································3-1



3.1. Dock Facilities ········································································································ 3-6

3.1.1. Raw Material Terminal····························································································· 3-6

3.1.2. Finished Products Wharf ························································································· 3-6

3.2. Stock Yard ·············································································································· 3-7

3.3. Iron Making System ································································································ 3-8

3.3.1. Corex Iron Making··································································································· 3-8

3.3.2. Iron Making By Direct Reduction (In Phase Ii) ·························································· 3-13

3.4. Continuous Casting System For Steelmaking··························································· 3-15

3.4.1. Steelmaking System ······························································································· 3-15

3.4.2. Continuous Casting System ···················································································· 3-19

3.5. Steel Rolling System ······························································································· 3-21

3.5.1. 4200mm Wide & Heavy Plate Workshop·································································· 3-21

3.5.2. 3500/2800mm Coil Workshop (Constructed In Phase Ii) ··········································· 3-23

3.6. Active Lime Workshop····························································································· 3-24

3.7. Ccpp Generating Units···························································································· 3-25

3.8. Oxygen Station ······································································································· 3-26

3.9. Thermal Facilities···································································································· 3-26

3.10. Air Compressing Station·························································································· 3-26

3.11. Other Construction Items ························································································ 3-26

3.12. General Layout Plan ······························································································· 3-26

3.13. Afforestation Of Plant Area ······················································································ 3-27

3.14. Construction Investment And Project Progress························································· 3-27

3.15. Summary Of Main Raw And Auxiliary Materials Consumed In Whole Plant ··············· 3-28

4 Engineering analysis ··················································································4-1

4.1 Dock facilities·········································································································· 4-1

4.2 Stock yard ·············································································································· 4-1

4.2.1 Pollution sources and pollutants ·············································································· 4-1

4.2.2 Pollution control measures ······················································································ 4-2

4.3 Ironmaking system·································································································· 4-2

4.3.1 Corex ironmaking system ························································································ 4-2

4.3.2 Shaft furnace ironmaking system (In Phase II) ························································· 4-8

4.4 Continuous casting system for steelmaking······························································ 4-13

4.4.1 Analysis of pollution sources ··················································································· 4-13

4.4.2 Control measures of exhaust gas ············································································ 4-14

4.4.3 Wastewater treatment ····························································································· 4-15

4.4.4 Noise control ·········································································································· 4-16

4.4.5 Comprehensive utilization of solid waste·································································· 4-16

4.5 Steel rolling system ································································································· 4-17

4.5.1 4200/4200mm heavy plate workshop······································································· 4-17

4.5.2 3500/2800mm hot rolling coil Workshop··································································· 4-24

4.6 Lime Workshop······································································································· 4-27





4.7 CCPP generating units···························································································· 4-28



4.8 Oxygen station········································································································ 4-30



4.9 Air compressing station ··························································································· 4-30



4.10 Central wastewater treatment station······································································· 4-31

4.11 Main material balance and water balance ································································ 4-33

4.11.1 Material balance from main production shop ···························································· 4-33

4.11.2 Water balance of the whole plant············································································· 4-34

4.11.3 Gas balance of the whole plant················································································ 4-39

4.11.4 Steam balance sheet of the whole plant··································································· 4-40

4.11.5 Sulphur balance of the whole plant ·········································································· 4-42

4.11.6 F balance of smelting system ·················································································· 4-44

4.12 Total discharge amount of pollutants········································································ 4-44

4.12.1 Air pollutants··········································································································· 4-44

4.12.2 Water pollutants ······································································································ 4-53

4.12.3 Solid waste············································································································· 4-56

4.12.4 Noise······················································································································ 4-56

5 Clean production ························································································5-1

5.1 General descriptions ······························································································· 5-1

5.2 Advanced production process ················································································· 5-2

5.3 Other main designed measures for clean production················································ 5-5

5.4 Energy-saving analysis ··························································································· 5-7

5.5 Analysis of cleaner production level ········································································· 5-8

6 Regional environmental status and investigation on pollution sources ·····6-1

6.1 Natural environment································································································ 6-1

6.1.1 Geographic location ································································································ 6-1

6.1.2 Geology and topography ························································································· 6-1

6.1.3 The feature of the climate························································································ 6-2

6.1.4 Water system and hydrology ··················································································· 6-3

6.2 Socio-economical development ··············································································· 6-6

6.2.1 Layout of population and administrative region························································· 6-6

6.2.2 Status of economical development ·········································································· 6-7

6.2.3 Traffic and transport ································································································ 6-7

6.2.4 Urban infrastructure ································································································ 6-8

6.2.5 Arrangement of relocation ······················································································· 6-9

6.3 Investigation and assessment on pollution sources ·················································· 6-9

6.3.1 Current situations of surrounding areas development ··············································· 6-9



6.3.2 Investigation on pollution sources ············································································ 6-10

6.4 Main environmental problems·················································································· 6-18

7 Survey and evaluation of the environmental quality status························7-1

7.1 Survey and evaluation of the environmental air quality status ··································· 7-1

7.1.1 Survey of the air quality status in the environment···················································· 7-1

7.1.2 Evaluation of the environmental air quality status in the project area ························· 7-11

7.1.3 Environmental air quality status in the Baoshan locality ············································ 7-14

7.2 Survey and evaluation of the environmental quality status of the surface water in

the inland waters ··································································································· 7-15

7.2.1 Monitoring of the environmental quality status of the surface water in the inland waters

······························································································································ 7-15

7.2.2 Water quality status evaluation ················································································ 7-21

7.3 Evaluation and Survey of the environmental quality status of Yangtze Waters ··········· 7-22

7.3.1 Survey of the environmental quality status of Yangtze Waters··································· 7-22

7.3.2 Water quality status evaluation ················································································ 7-27

7.4 Evaluation and survey of the status of the acoustic environment······························· 7-32

7.4.1 Survey of the status of the acoustic environment······················································ 7-32

7.4.2 Evaluation of the status of the acoustic environment ················································ 7-34

7.5 Survey and evaluation of the environmental quality status of underground Water ······ 7-35

7.5.1 Survey of the environmental quality status of underground water ······························ 7-35

7.5.2 Evaluation of the environmental quality status of underground water························· 7-37

7.6 Survey and evaluation of the soil environmental quality status ·································· 7-37

7.6.1 Survey of the soil quality status in the environment ·················································· 7-37

7.6.2 Results of evaluation and survey ············································································· 7-38

8 Evaluation of atmospheric environment impact ·········································8-1

8.1 Metrological feature for pollutants in the project area················································ 8-1

8.2 8.2 Estimated parameters and mode ······································································· 8-3

8.2.1 Estimation of pollutant intensity ··············································································· 8-3

8.2.2 Selection of the model and rectification of the parameters ········································ 8-6

8.2.3 Calculation conditions ····························································································· 8-10

8.3 Estimation of the calculation result.·········································································· 8-12

8.3.1 Point source emission ····························································································· 8-12

8.3.2 Non-stack type emissions························································································ 8-16

8.3.3 Shoreline Fumigation ······························································································ 8-20

9 Prediction and assessment of impact on water environment ····················9-1

9.1 Prediction of impact of industrial wastewater on water quality ··································· 9-1

9.1.1 Prediction of impact on inland water quality······························································ 9-1

9.1.2 Prediction of impact on water quality of Yangtze River estuary·································· 9-28

9.1.3 Summary················································································································ 9-38

9.2 Assessment for impact of warm water discharge on Yangtze River ··························· 9-39

9.2.1 Far-field simulation of warm water discharge ··························································· 9-39



9.2.2 Near-field simulation ······························································································· 9-46

9.2.3 Conclusions············································································································ 9-54

10 Evaluation of the effects of the noise on the environment ·······················10-1

10.1 Major Noise Sources····························································································· 10-1

10.2 Mode Estimation ··································································································· 10-3

10.3 Distance between the noise sources to different boundaries. ·································· 10-5

10.4 Estimated results ·································································································· 10-6

10.5 Evaluation of the effects of the noise······································································ 10-7

10.6 Countermeasures ································································································· 10-8

11 Impact Analysis Of Solid Waste Disposal ················································11-1

11.1 The Source And Amount Of The Solid Waste ························································· 11-1

11.2 Classification Of Solid Waste················································································· 11-2

11.3 The Identification Of Solid Waste··········································································· 11-2

11.4 Solid Waste Disposal ···························································································· 11-3

11.5 Impact Analysis Of Solid Waste Disposal ······························································· 11-5

12 Environment Risk Analysis·······································································12-1

12.1 Assessment Procedure ························································································· 12-2

12.2 Risk Identification·································································································· 12-3

12.2.1 Identification Of Coal Gas Risk·············································································· 12-3

12.2.2 The Standard Of Co Working Site And The Standard Of Environment Qualiy.·········· 12-4

12.3 Risk Analyzing Of Coal Gas In Storage And Transportation ···································· 12-4

12.3.1 Hidden Hazard In The Process Of Storage And Transportation ······························· 12-4

12.4 Probability Investigation Of Risk ············································································ 12-5

12.5 Analysis And Assessment Of The Accident Consequence ······································ 12-6

12.5.1 Forecast Mode······································································································ 12-6

12.5.2 Forecast Parameter Confirmation ·········································································· 12-6

12.5.3 Forecast Mode······································································································ 12-7

12.5.4 Forcast Results····································································································· 12-8

12.5.5 Analysis Of Accident Impact ·················································································· 12-9

12.6 Preventive Measure And Emergency Strategy························································ 12-10

12.6.1 Preventive Measure ······························································································ 12-10

12.6.2 Contingency Planning ··························································································· 12-11

12.7 Brief Summary······································································································ 12-12

13 Assessment Of Ecological Environment Effects ······································13-1

13.1 Assessment Of The Current Situation Of The Regional Ecosystem························· 13-1

13.1.1 The Current Situation Of The Land Ecosystem······················································· 13-1

13.1.2 Water Area Ecosystem ·························································································· 13-2

13.2 Assessment Of The Current Situation In The Ecosystem ········································ 13-7

13.3 Analysis Of The Impact On The Ecosystem ··························································· 13-7

13.3.1 The Impact On The Land Ecosystem In This Project Construction ·························· 13-7



13.3.2 Impact Of Waste Water Drainage In The Project On The Aquatic Ecosystem Of The ···

Yangtze River ······································································································· 13-9

13.3.3 Analysis Of The Impact Of Warm Water Discharge On The Yangtze River AquaticEcosystem

···························································································································· 13-9

13.4 Ecologic Environment Protection Measures ··························································· 13-15

14 Assessment of social environment effects···············································14-1

14.1 Social environment effects before construction······················································· 14-1

14.1.1 General situation of requisition land, breaking – moving and allocation ··················· 14-1

14.1.1 Impact of requisition land and breaking – moving on social environment ················· 14-4

14.1.2 Comparison and analysis of living environment between pre-allocation and post-allocation

···························································································································· 14-10

14.1.3 Amount of solid building waste in breaking-up and moving ····································· 14-12

14.2.1 Analysis of environment impact on air in construction············································· 14-13

14.2.2 Analysis of noise effects during construction ·························································· 14-15

14.2.3 Analysis of waste water pollution in construction ···················································· 14-16

14.2.4 Muck disposal and management during the construction········································ 14-17

14.2.5 Impact on the infrastructure in the area·································································· 14-20

14.2.6 Impact on residents······························································································· 14-20

14.2.7 Impact on the traffic in the area ············································································· 14-20

14.2.8 Impact on cultural relics and historic site ································································ 14-20

14.3.1 Favoring Shanghai’s image in the world································································· 14-22

14.3.2 Speed up the overall development on both sides of Huangpu river ························· 14-21

14.3.3 Facilitating the city’s overall development and industry play-out ······························ 14-21

14.3.4 Speeding up realizing the strategic goals in Shanghai’s iron & steel industry··········· 14-21

14.3.5 Facilitating the sustainable development of the group············································· 14-22

15 Technical And Economic Appraisal Of Environment Protection Measures·· ··················································································································15-1

15.1 Technical Appraisal Of Environment Protection Measures ······································ 15-1

15.1.1 Analysis Of Pollution Source ················································································· 15-1

15.1.2 Advanced Measures For Environment Protection··················································· 15-12

15.1.3 Technical Appraisal Of The Measures For Environment Protection·························· 15-13

15.2 Economical Appraisal Of Measures For Environment Protection····························· 15-14

15.3 Brief Summary······································································································ 15-15

16 Analysis of emissions control ···································································16-1

16.1 Background of emissions control ··········································································· 16-1

16.2 The limit of the total emissions stipulated by the state in Shanghai during “The Tenth ··

Five-year Plan” ····································································································· 16-1

16.3 The limit of the total emissions in Shanghai during “The Tenth Five-year Plan”········ 16-2

16.4 The total amount of pollutant emissions in Pusteel ················································· 16-3

16.5 Emissions of pollutants under control in this project················································ 16-4

16.5.1 Emissions of waste gas, waste water under control in this project ··························· 16-4



16.5.2 Comparison between the emissions of waste gas, waste water and the permit emissions

in the project········································································································· 16-4

16.6 Suggestion ··········································································································· 16-5

17 Consistency Analysis of Industrial Policies and Plans ·····························17-1

17.1 Consistency Analysis of Construction Project and Industrial Policies······················· 17-1

17.1.1 Consistency Analysis of the State’s Industrial Policies ············································ 17-1

17.1.2 17.1.2 Consistency Analysis of Industrial policies ··················································· 17-3

17.1.3 Consistency Analysis of the Local Industrial Policies ·············································· 17-3

17.2 Consistency Analysis of Construction Project and Industrial Policies······················· 17-4

17.2.1 Consistency Analysis of Rules Relating World Expo 2010 Shanghai ······················· 17-4

17.2.2 Consistency Analysis of Shanghai General Rules ·················································· 17-5

17.2.3 Consistency Analysis of General Plan of Baoshan District ······································ 17-5

18 Analysis of environment economic gain or loss·······································18-1

18.1 Building size and investment of the project····························································· 18-1

18.1.1 Investment and operation cost in the project ·························································· 18-1

18.1.2 Environment protection investment ········································································ 18-1

18.1.3 Annual operation cost of environment protection facilities ······································· 18-2

18.2 Analysis of environment protection benefit ····························································· 18-3

18.2.1 Economic benefit of environment protection··························································· 18-3

18.2.2 Environmental benefit ··························································································· 18-5

18.3 Analysis of environment economic gain or loss ······················································ 18-6

18.4 Analysis of social benefit ······················································································· 18-6

18.5 The appraisal of the environment economic indicator ············································· 18-7

18.6 Brief summary ······································································································ 18-7

19. The public participation ············································································19-1

19.1 The purpose of the public participation··································································· 19-1

19.2 Survey method ····································································································· 19-1

19.2.1 Announcement ····································································································· 19-1

19.2.2 Site survey in the construction area ······································································· 19-4

19.3 Survey scope and objects ····················································································· 19-4

19.4 Object matters of survey ······················································································· 19-4

19.5 Survey statistics···································································································· 19-4

19.5.1 Announcement of statistics on the internet ····························································· 19-4

19.5.2 Statistics of questionnaires ···················································································· 19-5

19.5.3 Items surveyed and the results ·············································································· 19-6

19.6 Discussion on the first public survey results ··························································· 19-8

19.6.1 To what extent the project construction is known and supported ····························· 19-8

19.6.2 The views on the environment quality in the area of the project ······························ 19-8

19.6.3 Analysis of the public’s attitudes towards the possible impact during the operation·· 19-9

19.6.4 The respondents’ attitudes towards the moving and allocation that will impact on them

···························································································································· 19-9



19.6.5 The employees’ attitudes towards the demolition and removal that will impact on them

···························································································································· 19-10

19.7 Analysis of the reasons that some of the public do not support the project ·············· 19-10

19.8 The evaluation and recommendations of the first public opinions ···························· 19-10

19.9 The results of the second survey ··········································································· 19-11

19.9.1 The return survey targets and methods·································································· 19-11

19.9.2 The time of the return survey················································································· 19-11

19.9.3 The items in the return survey ··············································································· 19-11

19.9.4 The results of the return survey ············································································· 19-11

20 Environmental Management ····································································20-1

20.1 Environmental Management·················································································· 20-1

20.1.1 Basis for Environmental Management···································································· 20-1

20.1.2 General Principles of Environmental Mangement ··················································· 20-2

20.1.3 The Present Situation of Pusteel’s Environmental Management······························ 20-3

20.1.4 The Content of Environmental Protection in the Project ·········································· 20-7

20.2 Environmental Monitoring Plan ·············································································· 20-9

20.2.1 Implementation Standards for Environmental Monitoring ········································ 20-9

20.2.2 The Present Situation of Pusteel’s Environmental Management······························ 20-9

20.2.3 Suggestions on Environmental Monitoring Plan of the Project································· 20-12

21. Measures to Mitigate Environment Impact···············································21-1

21.1. Purpose················································································································ 21-1

21.2. Measures to Mitigate Social and Environment Impacts Prior Construction··············· 21-1

21.2.1. Measures to Mitigate the Impact of Land Expropriation on the Farmers··················· 21-1

21.2.2. Measures to Mitigate Impact of Building Demolition················································ 21-2

21.2.3. Measures to Mitigate the Influence of Floating Dust ··············································· 21-2

21.2.4. Measures to Mitigate Noise Imact·········································································· 21-3

21.3. Measures to Mitigate Environment Impact during Construction ······························· 21-3

21.3.1. Measures to Mitigate Impact on Surface Water ······················································ 21-3

21.3.2. Measures to Reduce the Floating Dust from the Construction Sites ························ 21-3

21.3.3. Measures to Reduce the Noise of Construction······················································ 21-5

21.3.4. Measures to Mitigate the Influence of the Refuse and Solid Wastes of the Site ······· 21-6

21.3.5. Measures to Mitigate Traffic Impact ······································································· 21-7

21.3.6. Measures to Mitigate the Impact on the Cultural Relics and Historical Sites ············ 21-7

21.4. Measures to Mitigate Environmental Impact during Construction. ··························· 21-8

21.4.1. Measures to Reduce the Influence of Exhaust Gas Emission ································· 21-8

21.4.2. Measures to Mitigate Noise Impact ········································································ 21-10

21.4.3. Measures to Mitigate the Influence of Sewage ······················································· 21-10

21.4.4. Measures to Mitigate the Influence of Solid Waste ················································· 21-11

21.4.5. Protection Measures to the Ecological Environment ··············································· 21-11

21.4.6. Measures to Lower the Risk of the Oil Pilling ························································· 21-11

21.5. Summery of the Measures to Mitigate Environmental Impact ·································· 21-12

22 Environmental Impact Assessment of Dock Construction ·······················22-1



22.1 Finished Products Pier Project··············································································· 22-1

22.1.1 General Situation of the Project ············································································· 22-1

22.1.2 Identification of Environmental Impact···································································· 22-1

22.1.3 Estimation of Pollution Sources and Pollutants······················································· 22-2

22.2 Impact on the water quality and aquatic organisms ················································ 22-7

22.2.1 Analysis of impact on the water quality resulting from the dredging························· 22-7

22.2.2 Analysis of impact on the aquatic organisms·························································· 22-7

22.3 Risk assessment of oil spills in finished products pier ············································· 22-9

22.3.1 Risk identification·································································································· 22-9

22.3.2 Accident investigation and analysis ······································································· 22-10

22.3.3 Accidents affect forecast and analysis ··································································· 22-13

22.4 Measures of Environmental Protection··································································· 22-22

22.4.1 Measures of Environmental Protection in the Construction Period ·························· 22-22

22.4.2 Measures of Environmental Protection in the Operation Period······························· 22-24

22.4.3 Measures to Control and Prevent the Risk of the Oil Pilling ···································· 22-26

23 Conclusions and Suggestions··································································23-1

23.1 General Conclusions····························································································· 23-1

23.1.1 Pusteel Relocaton Project is the basis for successfully holding the Shanghai World Expo.

···························································································································· 23-1

23.1.2 This project is in accordance with the state industrial policy. ··································· 23-1

23.1.3 In this project, the construction is consistent with the planning. ······························· 23-1

23.1.4 This project is in accordance with the requirements of clean production. ················· 23-2

23.1.5 Pollutants Emission Control··················································································· 23-3

23.1.6 After relocation, the total amount of discharged pollutants decreases appreciably and·

is balanced basically. ···························································································· 23-6

23.1.7 Area environmental quality meets the requirement of functional domain basically. ··· 23-6

23.1.8 The construction of project impacts the environmental air quality indistinctively. ······ 23-9

23.1.9 Then impact extent of wastewater discharge on the Yangtze River is small. ············ 23-9

23.1.10 Noise in nighttime have an impact on the area of the boundary of factory.··············· 23-11

23.1.11 The aquatic organism is not affected by warm discharging water. ··························· 23-11

23.1.12 The major Influence of gas cabinet leak is conducted in the plant. ·························· 23-12

23.1.13 Any great spilling accident, if happened in the finished products dock, affects the Chenhang

Reservoir. ··························································································································· 23-12

23.1.14 Set the sanitarian protective distance of 25m to 340m. ··········································· 23-13

23.1.15 The majority of public are for the project. ······························································· 23-13

23.1.16 execute the environmental management and environmental monitoring after completion

···························································································································· 23-14

23.2 Suggestions·········································································································· 23-16

23.3 The construction of this project is feasible. ····························································· 23-18



Appendix

1 “Expert Assessment Advises from “Technological Assessment Meeting of the Report on

Environmental Impact of Relocation Project of Pusteel of Baosteel Group”

2 Revised List of Experts’ Advises in the Report Appraisal Meeting

3 The Implementation of Experts’ 7 Preliminary Opinions and the Content of the Addition and

Modification

4 “Commissioned Papers for Environmental Evaluation of Project to be relocated to Luojing of

Pusteel of Baosteel Group”

5 “Reply Letter of Implementation Standards on Environmental Impact Assessment for Project to

be Relocated to Luojing by Pusteel of Baosteel Group” by Shanghai Environment Protection

Bureau

6 “Letter on Planning and Site Selection of Relocation Base of Pudong Iron & Steel Plant for

Shanghai World Expo” by Shanghai Planning Bureau

7 “Letter on industry audit opinion of “planning on water supply in Luo Jing base of Pusteel”” by

Shanghai Municipal Water Bureau

8 “Letter of Intent” on Disposition of Solid Waste by Pusteel Company and Shanghai River

Industrial Development Corporation

9 “Letter of Intent on Disposition of Solid Waste” by Pusteel Company and Shanghai Shanghai

Liberation Chemical Plant

10 “Agreement on the Disposition of Industrial Hazardous Waste” by Pusteel Company and

Shanghai Sanyi Industry Company




1-1

1. General provisions

1.1. Project background and geographic location

To hold World Expo 2010 Shanghai, Pudong Iron & Steel CO., LTD of Baosteel Group (hereinafter referred to as Pusteel) will be relocated to Luojing, Baoshan.

The proposed site for this relocation project is located in south coast of Yangtze river south feeder, closed to Luojing bulk dock on the north, adjoined to Beiyunchuan Road on the south, 400m away from the east of New Chuansha River, and closed to Shigang Road on the east, and occupies 2.82km2. The proposed plant area is 1.0km away from Chenhang reservoir, and 500m away from the boundary between Chenhang reservoir and the planned Fubei reservoir. This proposed site has been approved on 11th, May, 2004 by Shanghai Municipality and listed as a industrial land into General Plan outline of Baoshan area in Shanghai. The geographical location of the project to be relocated in Luojing by Pusteel and its surrounding environment of Luojing as well as land use planning of Baoshan area can be found in Fig 1-1, Fig 1-2 and Fig 1-3.

1.2. Assessment purpose and principle

1.2.1. Assessment purpose

By means of the environmental assessment, the project construction and environmental protection can be coordinated and developed in step and the results can be supplied to the relevant government agencies and acted as their decision-making basis, also it can support the engineering and environmental management for the project. The environmental impact assessment is to:

(1) Define if the implement of the project is in accordance with industrial policies of the State and various planning of local bureau.

(2) To learn the present conditions about environmental quality such as surface water, air, noise, groundwater and soil etc.; To learn and analyze the restraining factors on local environment by environmental monitoring and to supply reference information for evaluating environmental impact and demonstrating the measures to taken for preventing environmental pollutions in this project.

(3) To learn the existing situation of environmental protection of Pusteel and implementation of environmental protection measures by means of the review of the existing production capacity of Pusteel and its environmental impact; to learn the achievements and shortcomings with respect of pollutant control by Pusteel; to learn the intensity of emission source of pollution and implementation of emission control; to supply the basic information for environmental impact assessment and environmental management in this project.

(4) To analyze the engineering of the relocation project, and clarify the pollution source, kinds of pollution, pollution amount and control measures; and by comparison of the production process, material consumption, energy consumption with the same trade, to describe the advanceness of the process, feasibility of pollution control measures and rationality of the use of production resources as well as the level of clean production.

(5) To forecast and evaluate the extent and range of environmental impact after the project is completed, and propose the solution to solve the problem by analyzing the sensitivity analysis for targets;




1-2

(6) To evaluate and analyze the pollution prevention measures and their expected effect for the project; To evaluate the feasibility of technical and economic aspect for pollution prevention measures; To give the suggestion on mitigation and control measures for possible influence and hazard.

(7) To prepare environmental management and monitoring programs about construction period and operation period of the relocation project of Pusteel, and to propose new requirements and implementation plans on the implementation of clean production, control management and emission control.




1-3

Fig 1- 1 Geographical location for relocation site of Pusteel in Shanghai

Relocation project of Pusteel

1:650000




1-4

Fig 1-2 Surrounding environment and sensitive objects of the project of relocated Pusteel to Luojing




1-5

Fig 1-3 Baoshan land use planning approved by Shanghai Municipality

1.2.2. Rule of assessment

The assessment shall be carried out in accordance with the environmental regulations and policies promulgated by State and Local Bureau, and based on the scientific and practical principles, also the objective, equitable and factual rules shall be obeyed. In accordance with "Environmental Effect Appraisal Law”,

Location of Pusteel

Industrial park

of

Luojing Port

Shidongkou industrial area

Wusong

kou

Ind

R

General planning for Baoshan, Shanghai Planning drawing for land use

Reservoir

Baosteel

Liuhe Mouth




1-6

“Promotion Law of Clean production”, and document provisions of No.(1996)31 promulgated by State Council of P.R.C, the assessment will be focused on clean production and emission control, and minimizing the emission and environmental impact. The assessment shall be carried out to ensure the assessment quality and take full advantage of the environmental monitoring data from Shanghai Environmental Monitoring Center to avoid the duplication of labor.

1.3. Criteria for preparation of report

1.3.1. Attorney letter

“Power of attorney for environmental assessment of Baosteel Group Pusteel relocated to Luojing project” (No.[2004]49)

1.3.2. Relevant Documents issued by Shanghai Environment Protection Bureau

“Reply to applicable standards on environmental impact assessment for Baosteel Group Shanghai Pusteel Relocation to Luojing Project” from Shanghai Environment Protection Bureau, No. [2004] 380, October, 26, 2004.

1.3.3. Environmental protection laws and regulations of P.R.C

(1) “Environmental Protection Law of The People's Republic of China”, December, 1989

(2) “Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Atmospheric Pollution”, revised on April, 2000

(3) “Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution”, May, 1996

(4) “Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Noise Pollution”, October, 1996

(5) “Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Noise Pollution”, October, 1995

(6) “Clean production Promotion Law of the People’s Republic of China”, which passed on June 29, 2002 and came into effect as of January 1, 2003

(7) “Law of the People’s Republic of China on Environment Impact Assessment”, which passed on October 28, 2002 and came into effect on January 1, 2003

(8) “Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection”, Decree No.253 of the State Council, November 29, 1998

(9) “Decisions of the State Council on Several Issues Concerning Environmental Protection”, State No.[1996]31

(10) “Suggestions on Strengthening the Work of Industry Water-Saving”, document No.[2000]1015 from National Economic and Trade Committee

(11) “Shanghai Environment Protection Regulations”, Revised on May, 1997

(12) “Measures of Shanghai on Implementing the Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Air Pollution”, January 1, 2002

(13) “Measures of Shanghai on Implementing the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Environment Impact Assessment”, which came into effect on July 1, 2004.




1-7

(14) “Administrative Measurements of Shanghai on Prevention and Control of Raising Dust”, which came into effect July 1, 2004.

1.3.4. Environment protection standards

The assessment standards mentioned below have been confirmed by Shanghai Environment Protection Bureau with document No.[2004]380.

1.3.4.1. Emission standard

(1) Integrated emission standard of air pollutions, GB16297-1996, Level 2

(2) Emission standard of air pollution for industrial kiln and furnace (GB9078-1996), Level 2

(3) Emission standard of air pollution for boilers (GB13271-2001), class 2, II

(4) Emission standard of air pollution for thermal power plants (GB13223-2003), III

(5) Integrated Wastewater discharge Standard of Shanghai (DB31/199-1997), Level 1

(6) Standard of noise at boundary of industrial enterprises (GB12348-90), type III and IV standard

(7) Noise Limits for Construction Site (GB12523-90)

(8) Standards for pollution control on the storage and disposal site for general industrial solid wastes (GB 18599-2001)

(9) Standard for pollution control on hazardous waste storage (GB 18597-2001)

1.3.4.2. Environmental quality standard

(1) Ambient air quality standard (GB3095- Notice on revised lists in 1996 and 2000, level 2

(2) Environmental quality standards for surface water (GB3838-2002), for Yangtze Rive is class II, for inland rivers is type IV

(3) Standard of environmental noise of urban area (GB3096-93), type 3

(4) Quality standard for ground water (GB/T 14848-93)

(5) Environmental quality standard for soils (GB 15618-1995)

(6) For characteristic pollution, see the original “Hygienic standards for the Design of Industrial Enterprises (TJ36-79)” on maximum permissible concentration of hazardous substance in atmosphere of residential area.

1.3.5. Technical documents for environmental impact assessment

(1) Technical guideline for environmental impact assessment, HJ/T2.1-2.3－93

(2) The Impact on Environment Assessment Technical Guideline-Sound Environment, HJ/T2.4-1995

(3) Technical guideline for environmental impact assessment- Non-Polluted Ecological Impact (HJ/T19-1997)

(4) Technical Guideline for Environmental Risk Assessment on Projects (HJ/T169-2004)




1-8

(5) The Environmental Impact Assessment Specifications for Port Construction Project JTJ 226-97

(6) Code for Formulating Environmental Impact Statement Of Thermal Power Plant Construction Project HJ/T13-1996

1.3.6. Documentations for project design

(1) “Report on Application for Relocation Engineering (Luojing area) of Pusteel of Baosteel Group” issued by Shanghai Metallurgical Design & Research Institute and CISDI Engineering CO., LTD , November, 2004

(2) “Brief introduction of design plan for finished products dock of Luojing new plant of Pusteel of Baosteel” of The 3rd Navigational Fairs Reconnaissance and Design Institute of China Communication, January, 2005

1.4. Environment protection and environment sensitive objects

1.4.1. Environment protection objects

(1) Environmental air protection object

The environmental air quality in Luojing, Baoshan shall reach level 2 function area based on the functional zone division for environmental air quality of Shanghai.

(2) Object for surface water protection

Based on the functional zone division for water environmental of Shanghai, the water quality of local Yangtze River shall meet the requirement on Class II functional zone; and the water quality of local inland rivers shall meet the requirement on Class IV functional zone.

(3) Noise control object

According to functional zone division of sound environment of Shanghai, the noise at 1m to outside plant boundary shall meet requirements of Class III of “Standard of noise at boundary of industrial enterprises”, and the noise at plant boundary along one side of traffic route shall meet requirements of Class IV.Regional environmental noise shall meet the requirements of Class 3 of Standard of environmental noise of urban area (GB3096-93).

1.4.2. Environmentally sensitive objects

The environmentally sensitive objects are two residential areas which are respectively located in Chenhang of Luojing town and Shengqiao of Yuepu town at the outside of the plant boundary of Pusteel; the former is 1.3km away from the boundary of the new plant and located the downstream in eastern wind direction, and the later is 2.3km away from boundary of the new plant and located in the downstream in northwest wind direction.As Luodian new town is 6km away from the new plant, so it is not considered as a sensitive object.The Chenhang reservoir and Fubei reservoir are considered as environmentally sensitive objects, as they are 500m away from the plant boundary and be located in downstream of southeast wind direction.

Sensitive objects of surface water are local Yangtze River and Chenhang reservoir intake.




1-9

The environmentally sensitive objects listed in Fig1-2 are shown by circles.

Table 1-1 General situation about environmentally sensitive objects

No. Name of sensitive objects

Relative position to this project

Minimum distance to the boundary of this project (m)

1 Chenhang Town West by north 1300 2 Shengqiao community SE 2300 3 Chenhang reservoir intake North by west 1500

1.5. Environmental impact identification and assessment factors selection

According to socioeconomic factors and ecological environment in the construction site, the scope and extent influenced by this project on social economy and environment during different stages can be determined as well as main pollution factors produced during construction and operation period, and they are considered as basis for determining the focus of assessment.

1.5.1. Identification of environmental impact factors

According to production process of main engineering, auxiliary engineering and utilities belonged to relocation project of Pusteel and emission characteristic of pollution as well as environmental conditions, matrix methods are used for identifying environmental impact on this project and environmental factors influenced by this project, the results are shown in Table 1-2.




1-10

Table 1-2 List of identification of environmental impact factors

Note: The “D” in the table means short term, “C" means long term, “1” means the influence is less, “2” means the influence will exist to some extent, “3” means the influence is greater.“-“means the influence is negative, and “+” means the influence is positive.

Seen from the Table 1-2, the influences on the environment are present in many aspects during earlier construction, construction period and operation period of relocation engineering of Pusteel, among them the most important point is that the project will bring negative impact on environmental air, surface water, underground water and sound environment in natural environment. The impact on environment before and during construction is limit and temporary, however the influence during operation period is long term. The positive impact on environment mainly embodies in the Socio-economic environment, the plenty of advanced technologies adopted by Pusteel will benefit industrial development, technology progress and energy conservation and consumption.

Natural environment

Ecological environment

Socioeconomic environment

Influence extent

Env

ironm

ent a

ir

Sur

face

wat

er

Und

ergr

ound

wat

er

Soi

l

Sou

nd e

nviro

nmen

t

Land

livi

ng b

eing

Aqu

atic

life

Indu

stry

de

velo

pmen

t E

nerg

y ut

iliza

tion

Tran

spor

t

Livi

ng le

vel

Labo

r and

em

ploy

men

t

Pop

ulat

ion

heal

th

House remove -1D -1D -1D

Transport for old stuff and muck -1D -1D +1D -1D

Con

stru

ctio

n in

ea

rlier

st

age Land leveling operation -1D -1D -1D -1D -1D

Harbor dredging and dredging -1D -2D -1D

Dock construction -1D -1D -1D -1D -1D

Earth moving -1D -1D -1D -1D

Material stockpile -1D -1D

Building construction -1D -1D -1D +1D -1D

Con

stru

ctio

n pe

riod

Transportation of equipment, material and muck -1D -1D +1D

Transportation of raw material, products and waste

-1C -1C +1C -1C

Products manufacturing -2C -2C -1C +2C +2C +1C -1C

Exhaust gas emissions -2C -1C -1C

Wastewater drainage -1C -1C -1C -1C

Noise propagation -2C -1C

Ope

ratio

n pe

riod

Solid waste stockpile -1C -1C -1C -1C -1C

Environmental

sources

Development activities




1-11

1.5.2. Selection of assessment factors

1.5.2.1. Selection of assessment factors

On the basis of identifying main environmental impact factors and according to the characteristic of the engineering, the pollution factors can be listed out so as to select for present assessment and assessment factors that influence the assessment. See Table 1-3

Table 1-3 Pollution factors and Influence extent brought by relocation project of Pusteel

Main works Auxiliary works Utilities

Cor

ex

ironm

akin

g sy

stem

Sha

ft fu

rnac

e iro

nmak

ing

Stee

lmak

ing

syst

em

Stee

l rol

ling

syst

em

Doc

k fo

r fin

ishe

d pr

oduc

ts

Stoc

k ya

rd

Lim

e w

orks

hop

CC

PP

gene

ratin

g un

its

Oxy

gen

plan

t

Air

com

pres

sor

stat

ion

Wat

er p

lant

Cen

tral

was

te

wat

er

treat

men

t st

atio

n

Dust 2 1 2 1 2 1

NOx 1 1 2 1 1 2

SO2 1 2 1 1 1 1 2

Exh

aust

gas

Fluoride (calculated by F) 1 SS 1 1 COD 2 BOD 1 Petroleum oil 1 1 Fluoride(F) 1 Cr+6 1 T-Ni 1 T-Cr 1

Was

te w

ater

Warm discharging water 1

Noi

se

Equivalent continuous sound level 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Corex furnace iron slag 1 Steel slag 1 1 Hot metal desulphurizing slag 1 Iron oxide scale 1 1 Mud and dust containing iron 1 1 1 1 Waste oil 1 1 Waste refractories 1 1 1 Waste water treatment mud (drying) 1

Sol

id w

aste

Mud containing chrome 1

* The figures in the table refers to relative influence extent, “1" means the influence is less, and “2” means the influence is existing to some extent.

From the table 1-3 that we can obtain the main pollution factors, among which the pollution factors with greater influence and local characteristic pollution factors can be defined as assessment factors for survey of present environmental status and for environmental impact assessment.

1.5.2.2. Survey of environmental quality status and determination of assessment factors

(1) Environment air: The SO2, NO2, PM10, TSP and fluorine are determined to be investigation and assessment factors for status of environmental air.

(2) Surface water: the pH, CODcr, BOD5, NH3-N, SS, petroleum oil, fluoride, hexavalent chromium, Volatile phenol, total hydrogen cyanide are determined to be

Engineering Influence extent

Pollution factors Pollution Pollution factors




1-12

investigation and assessment factors for status of surface water quality.

(3) Environmental noise: the Leq [dB(A)] is determined to be investigation and assessment factors for status of environmental noise.

(4) Underground water: the pH value, permanganate index, NH4, volatile phenol, fluoride, hexavalent chromium (Cr+6) and nickel are determined to be investigation and assessment factors for status of underground water quality.

(5) Soil: pH, hydrargyrum, arsenic, copper, lead, zinc, cadmium, chromium and nickel are determined to be investigation and assessment factors for soil status.

1.5.2.3. Forecast and assessment on environmental impact

(1) Environmental air: SO2, NO2, dust (PM10) and fluoride are determined to be assessment factors for environmental air prediction and influence.

(2) Underground water: CODcr, BOD5, petroleum oil and temperature are determined to be assessment factors for underground water prediction and influence.

(3) Environmental noise: the Leq[dB(A)] is determined to be assessment factors for prediction and influence.

1.6. Determination of technical index for assessment

1.6.1. Assessment grade

According to Technical guideline for environmental impact assessment for air, underground water, sound environment and non-polluted ecological influence, the class of environmental impact assessment is shown in the following table:

Table 1- 4 Environmental impact assessment class for Pusteel relocation project

Main works Utilities (CCPP) Auxiliary works (dock) Grading

Elements SO2 NOx SO2 NOx SO2 NOx Max. Pi 1.8×108 1.05×109 2.06×108 5.3×108 - - 1.6×109 Air Assessment class Class III Class II Class III Class II - - Class II

Water flow 6200 t/d Water flow 1.003 mt/d Water flow 30t/d

Extent Complex Extent Simple Extent Simple

Surface water

Assessment class Class II Class I Class III

Class I

Construction scale

Noise level increases

Influence on population

Functional classification - - -

Large Obvious None Type 3 - - - Noise

Assessment class Class II

Class II

Ecologic influence

Biotic community

Regional environment

Water and land

Whether or not sensitive region

Influence area <20km2 <20km2 <20km2 No Ecology

Assessment class Class III

Class III

The class for atmospheric environment impact assessment is determined to be




1-13

Class II.

The class for underground water assessment is determined to be Class I.

The class for environmental noise assessment is determined to be Class II.

The class for non-polluted ecological influence assessment is determined to be Class III.

1.6.2. Assessment range

1.6.2.1. Atmosphere

The environmental air assessment is Class II, based on the guideline, the assessment range will cover the area of 10 x 10km (i.e. 100km2) with the center of Pusteel, i.e. the area in the north of Lianqi River in Baoshan.In the area, the land area accounts for 60% and the Yangtze River accounts for 40%.In the land area, the industrial land area accounts for 50%.See Figure 1-2.

1.6.2.2. Water environment

As the wastewater disposal has satisfied the standard of “Integrated Wastewater discharge Standard of Shanghai (DB31/199-1997)” for Class I, due to the discharged wastewater are disposed via rear discharge pipe of sewage treatment plant, then the environmental Assessment range for underground water is the river reach between Yangtze River and Wusong section; If the wastewater is discharged directly into the rivers for protecting the plant, then the environmental Assessment range for underground water is within New Chuansha river, Suitang river, West Dalian river, Yangsheng river and Panjing.

1.6.2.3. Noise

According to distribution of main noise sources produced during the construction of the project, the noise from equipments is about 70-120 dB (A), the environmental Assessment range for noise is at 1m away from plant boundary of relocation engineering of Pusteel.

1.6.2.4. Ecology

The Assessment range for ecology is the plant area of Pusteel and water area that is 2 km upstream to 4km downstream from discharge port for sewage and warm water discharge from engineering of Yangtze River estuary.

1.6.2.5. Underground water

In the scope of project construction site.

1.6.2.6. Soil

In the scope of project construction site.

1.6.3. Assessment standards

1.6.3.1. Environmental quality standard

See Table 1-5 to Table 1-9.




1-14

Table 1-5 Assessment standards for environmental air (mg/m3)

Factors Concentration per hour

Average concentration

per day

Average concentration

per year Source

SO2 0.50 0.15 0.06 NO2 0.24 0.12 0.08 PM10 0.15 0.10 TSP 0.3 0.2 Fluoride 0.02 0.007 -

Ambient air quality standard GB3095-1996 ，Grade 2

Table 1-6 Assessment standards for environmental quality of underground water (mg/l)

Factors Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V pH 6～9 CODcr ≤

15 15 20 30 40

BOD5 ≤ 3 3 4 6 10 NH3-N ≤ 0.15 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 Petroleum oil ≤ 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5 1.0 Fluoride (calculated by F) ≤

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5

Volatile phenol ≤ 0.002 0.002 0.005 0.01 0.1 Hydrogen cyanide ≤

0.005 0.05 0.2 0.2 0.2

hexavalent chromium (Cr+6) ≤

0.01 0.05 0.05 0.05

0.1

Source GB3838-2002

Table 1-7 Assessment standards for environmental noise [Leq dB (A)]

Type Daylight Night Source Type 3 65 55 GB3096-93 type 3 Type III 65 55 GB12348-90 type III

Table 1-8 Assessment standards for underground water (GB/T 14848-93) (mg/l)

No. Factors Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V

1 pH 6.5～8.5 5.5 ～

6.5,8.5～9 <5.5，>9

2 Permanganate index ≤1.0 ≤2.0 ≤3.0 ≤10 >10

3 NH4 ≤0.02 ≤0.02 ≤0.2 ≤0.5 >0.5 4 Volatile phenol ≤0.001 ≤0.001 ≤0.002 ≤0.01 >0.01 5 Fluoride ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤2.0 >2.0 6 Hydrogen cyanide ≤0.001 ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 >0.1

7 Hexavalent chromium (Cr+6) ≤0.005 ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 >0.1

8 Nickel ≤0.005 ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 >0.1




1-15

Table 1-9 Assessment standards for soil (15618-1995) (mg/kg)

Factors Class I Class II Class III PH Natural

background

<6.5 6.5～7.5 >7.5 >6.5

Cadmium ≤ 0.2 0.3 0.6 1.0 Hg ≤ 0.15 0.3 0.5 1.0 1.5 Arsenic (dry land) ≤

15 40 30 25 40

Cu (cropland) etc. ≤

35 50 100 100 400

Lead ≤ 35 250 300 350 500 Chromium (dry land) ≤

90 150 200 250 300

Zinc ≤ 100 200 250 300 500 Nickel ≤ 40 40 50 60 200

1.6.3.2. Emission standards for pollution

Table 1-10 Emission standards for atmospheric pollution (mg/m3)

Pollution factors Emission concentration Standards Source

NOx 240 Dust(particle) 120

Integrated emission standard of air pollutions

GB16297-1996 Class II

SO2 100 Dust 50 NOx 400

Emission standard of air pollution for boiler (gas-fired boiler)

GB13271-2001 Time section II Area 2

NOx 80

Emission standard of air pollution for thermal power plants (combustion turbine)

GB13223-2003 Time section III

Table 1-11 Emission standards of air pollution for industrial kiln and furnace (level 2 standard) (mg/m3)

Type Pollution From January 1, 1997

Blast furnace and its casthouse, steel smelting furnace as well as hot metal mixer

Fume (dust) 100

Fume (dust) 200 Heating furnace and heat treatment furnace SO2 850 Limekiln Fume (dust) 200 Total grate Fluoride 6

Table 1-12 Discharge standards for wastewater (DB31/199-1997) (mg/L)

Discharge standard Discharge standard Factors Class I Class II Factors Class I Class II




1-16

pH 6～9 6～9 Fluoride (calculated by F) 10 10

CODcr 100 100 Volatile phenol 0.5 0.5

BOD5 20 30 Total hydrogen cyanide 0.5 0.5

NH3-N 10 15 Hexavalent chromium (Cr+6)

0.5 0.5

SS 70 150 Total chromium 1.5 1.5 Petroleum oil 5.0 10 Total nickel 1.0 1.0

1.6.4. Focus of assessment

The assessment focus of environmental impact by the relocation project of Pusteel is as follows:

(1) Engineering analysis and clean production analysis;

(2) The influence of exhaust-gas pollutant on surrounding sensitive objects after completion of the project;

(3) The demonstration of different discharge schemes for wastewater from production and their influence on Yangtze River water and Chenhang reservoir;

(4) The demonstration on technical economy of environmental protection measures.

1.7. Assessment procedures

The assessment procedures for environmental impact by relocation project of Pusteel are listed in Fig 1-4.




1-17

Fig 1-4 The assessment procedures for environmental influence by relocation project of Pusteel




2-1

2. Review of environmental protection by Pusteel

2.1. General

In order to meet the requirements of World EXPO and general Development Planning in Shanghai, the Pusteel located in Zhoujiadu area has to be relocated to the new site located in Luojing area of Baoshan , the prepared plot for World EXPO. When the relocation is being done, the existing production equipment of Pusteel will undergo the rational technical renovation, and also the existing process of steel-making by iron-melting furnace and other outdated production processes will be eliminated. Outstanding contributions have ever been made by Pusteel to Chinese steel and iron industry and industrial development in Shanghai, and it has become one of the main manufacturers of military products, stainless steel and wide and heavy plate products. The taxes paid by Pusteel from the end of 70s to 80s ranked the third in Shanghai, and the annual taxes paid for 13 consecutive years can involve the construction of a new Shanghai No. 3 steel plant (the then time) of the then scale each year. In 2003, the heavy and medium plates produced by Pusteel are in the demand-over-supply status in the domestic market with its annual turnover reaching 9.5 billion yuan (including taxes) and its profits and taxes contributed as high as 1.25 billion yuan. This is the best performance in its history when it ranked the sixteenth in Chinese steel and iron industries.

Pusteel boosts the strong economic strength and the competitive power, as well as the experience in long term production and management of the modern steel enterprises, especially in the production and technology in the medium & heavy plate representing the domestic advanced level in this field. Besides, it has the advantage as highly qualified employees and teams. Through the relocation and reformation, Pusteel will continue make greater contributions to the development of our country’s iron and steel industry and to the advancement of the national economy in Shanghai. .

2.2. Current situation of Pusteel

2.2.1. General situation of Pusteel

The former of Pusteel is Shanghai No. 3 Iron & Steel Works, an old business with a history of more than 90 years. Now it is the Iron & Steel consortium in China, and the first class enterprise in the first national list. The current site of Pusteel is within the Zhoujiadu locality lying southeast of Huangpu River bank in Shanghai.




2-2

The premise is about 6km away from the city center (People’s Park), and close to Huangpu River in the west and north, and to Yanjiabang and Yaohua Road in the south and to Shangnan Road and Yuntai Road in the east, and neighbors to Shanghai Krupp Stainless Steel CO., LTD in the southwest.

The total area of Pusteel is 2.1213 million m2 while the green area is 0.25 million m2 with the green coverage being 11.8%. Now the number of registered employees is 11, 873 and among them on-the-job employees are 7,754 when the there are 16 environmental protection professionals. Pusteel has strengthened the adjustment of product structure in recent years to increase the output of the highly profitable medium & heavy plate in a larger scale, to eliminate the products with low profit or little gross profit featuring mainly the shape steel and the plain stainless steel. The proportion of Pusteel’s medium & heavy plate to all the steel materials manufactured is increased from 60% in 1999 to 93.2% in 2003, 33.2% increase in terms of its output, thus greatly improving the profitability of the corporate steel products.

The gross value of industrial output in 2003 is 4.01 billion Yuan when the output of the steel is 1.462 million tons and of the steel products is 1.413 million tons with the main types being medium & heavy plate, hot rolled sheet, cold rolled sheet and screw thread steel, wheel rim steel, guide steel and etc.

The consumption of the main raw material, fuel and energy in 2003 is listed in Table 2.2-1.

Table 2.2-1 Consumption of the main raw material, fuel and energy in 2003

No. Name Unit Consumption Remarks 1 Scrap steel Ten thousands tons 27 2 Pig iron Ten thousands tons 143 3 Raw coal Ten thousands tons 0.3 Containing S:

0.45% 4 Converter gas Ten thousands Nm3 14450 5 Natural gas Ten thousands Nm3 251 H2S content ≤

20mg/m3 6 Heavy oil Ten thousands tons 13.5 Containing S:

0.75% 7 Coke Ten thousands tons 18.11 Containing S:

0.52% 8 Electricity Ten thousands kWh 65560 9 Fresh water Ten thousands m3 3228

There are four branches of Pusteel, respectively steel-making works, special steel works, medium plate works and heavy plate works. The main equipment and production capacity of each branch are listed in Table 2.2-2.




2-3

Table 2.2-2 Main equipment and production capacity of each branch of Pusteel

Branch name Main equipment Production

capacity Remarks

30t oxygen top blown converter, three sets 70 tons/hour iron-melting furnace, four sets 30 tons CAS- OB fining furnace, one set Square billet conticaster, one set Slab conticaster, one set

1.3 million tons per year

Still in production currently

100 tons ultra high power DC arc furnace, two sets One set moved

100 tons VD vacuum degasser, one set

To be moved

Steel making Branch

100 tons LF ladle fining furnace, two sets

0.84 million tons per year ( production stopped in 2001) One set moved

30 tons AC arc furnace, two sets 30 tons VOD, one set 30 tons AOD furnace and LF furnace, one set for each

Special steel branch Stainless steel/square billet

continuous casting machine

0.16 million tons per year (the production of stainless steel is 0.06 million tons per year)

The whole set will be moved to No. 5 steel Works

Medium plate Branch

2350 three-roller lauth mill, four-roller reversing mill, one set for each


Heavy plate Branch

φ700 edging mill, one set; 4200 and 3500 four-roller reversing mill, one set for each


4200 four-roller reversing mill will be moved, and the rest will be eliminated

Coal burning boiler

For 6.5t, four sets; For 20t, two sets

One set of 20t running for one week one month

As Pusteel is an old iron and steel enterprise with its production process and equipment outdated. Although the product structure has been adjusted and clean production carried out greatly in recent years, and also fixed asset investment on the environmental protection facilities has reached 0.331 billion Yuan by the end of 2003,, this still make it difficult to completely improve the level of its environmental protection in the works that it has become the No.1 pollutant of the World Expo site in Zhoujiazhui of Pudong. The statistics on the pollutant emissions in recent years is listed in Table 2.2-3.

Table 2.2-3 Statistics on the pollutant discharge from Pusteel in recent years




2-4

Year SO2 (t/a)

Smoke and dust (t/a)

CODCr (t/a)

Petroleum related substance (t/a)

NH3-N ( t/a )

Waste water amount (ten thousands m3/a)

Rate of recycled water (%)

1999 1493 2982 3361 302.5 302.5 3650 71 2000 1259 1784 2146 289.3 289.3 3082 75 2001 1355 1094 1930 262.9 62.2 2545 78 2002 1495 848 1589 233.5 65.5 2341 80 2003 1487 759 1416 189.7 33.1 1938 81 Average 1417 1493 2088 255.6 150.5 2711 77

Note: the non-stack emissions are excluded from the figures under the “Smoke and dust”.

2.2.2. General situations of the Branches

The general situations of the existing branches of Pusteel are as follows:

2.2.2.1. Steel making Branch

(1) Pure oxygen top-blown converter and iron-melting furnace in the Steel making branch were put into operation in April, 1972. Their original designed capacity is 1.4 million tons per year, and the actual output in 2003 is 1.3 million tons per year.

The main production processes: The iron molten from the iron-making furnace is desulfurated and to receive other relevant treatment before together with the scrap steel as the raw material is put into converter where a small amount of the ferro-alloy is added later for oxygen-blowing smelting process. The tapped hot iron will then proceed to the fining furnace for refining before it is delivered to the continuous casting machine to become slabs and billets.

The main production process flow and the pollutant discharges for Steel making Branch are listed in Fig 2.2-1.




2-5

Fig 2.2-1 The main production process flow and the pollutant discharges for Steel making Branch.

(2) The Big EAF and big slab casting machine were put into operation in October 1996, and the designed molten steel production capacity of is 0.84 million tons per year, and the billet casting capacity is 0.75 million tons per year. The production is stopped in 2001. The relocation project involves the part of the equipment to be moved. See Table 2.2-2.

The main production process: After the scrap steel is molten for oxygen -blowing decarburization the molten steel will be refined in the fining furnace. Then as the type of the steel requires, this will receive the VD vacuum treatment for some of the demanding steel types. The qualified molten steel is poured into the intermediate tank and then transferred to the big square billet continuous casting machine for the billet.

Schematic drawings for main production process flow and the pollutant discharges for big EAF are shown in Fig 2.2-2.




2-6

Fig 2.2-2 The main production process flow and the pollutant discharges for big EAF

2.2.2.2. Special steel Branch

The whole special steel branch will be moved to No. 5 Steel Works.

The special steel branch was put into operation on October, 2000 with the original designed production capacity of 0.16 million tons per year where the stainless steel billet is 0.06 million tons per year, the carbon steel billet and the alloy steel casting blank are both 0.10 million tons per year. The actual production capacity is 0.16 million tons per year in 2003 where production of 300 series stainless steel accounts for 80%, and 400 series accounts for 20% of the whole.

The special steel Branch consists of EAF workshop, continuous casting workshop and the auxiliary facilities designed to support the production such as the water treatment station, the substation and the dust collecting system. The main equipments and the auxiliary facilities are shown in Table 2.2-4 and the main production process flows and the pollutant discharges are shown in Table 2.2-3, 2.2-4 and 2.2-5.




2-7

Table 2.2-4 Name and quantity of the main equipment for special steel branch

Name Name of main equipment Quantity 20t AC Arc Furnace (actual tapping is 30t, transformer is sized as 12500kVA) One set

EAF bay 30t AC Arc Furnace, voltage is sized as 25000kVA One set 30t VOD furnace One set 30t AOD furnace One set Refining bay 30t LF furnace One set R8 stainless/square billet continuous casting machine One set Continuous

casting bay Slab grinding mill One set a whole set of equipment designed to maintain the crystallizer and the tundish Maintenance

bay and finishing bay Slab finishing equipment

Water treatment station (clean circulation, turbid circulation and soft water circulation system)

Utility Dusting facilities by means of the overhead crane One set

(1) 300 series stainless steel (0.048 million tons per year)

Fig 2.2-3 Process flow and the pollutant discharges for 300 series stainless steel




2-8

(2) 400 series stainless steel (0.012 million tons per year)

Fig 2.2-4 Process flow and the pollutant discharges for 400 series stainless steel

(3) Carbon steel and alloy steel (0.1 million tons per year)




2-9

Fig 2.2-5 Process flow and the pollutant discharges for carbon steel and alloy steel




2-10

2.2.2.3. Medium (heavy) plate branch

The process flow for medium (heavy) plate branch is shown in Fig 2.2-6.

Fig 2.2-6 Process flow and the pollutant discharges for medium (heavy) plate Branch

2.3. Main pollution source, pollutants and countermeasures

2.3.1. Exhaust gas

(1) The pollutants from the steel-making branch are mainly the dust from the




2-11

materials loading system, the waste gas containing fume and dust, and SO2 from the iron-melting furnace, the fume and dust from desulphurization of the molten iron, the high-temperature fume containing the smoke and dust, and CO from the converter smelting process, the fume discharged from the pouring of the hot metal, and tapping of the steel, and the deslagging process, and the smoke and dust from the big smelting furnace as EAF as well as one from the production processes such as the cutting of the cast billet, and filling of the protective slag into the continuous casting crystallizer. .

For materials loading system, the passage of the belt conveyor for loose materials and the places where such materials are landed are provided with the enclosing measures and the ventilation. The exhaust gas is emitted into the air after it is treated by the bag type dust remover due to its purification where its level is usually reduced to less than 50mg/m3.

The exhaust gas containing the fume and dust and SO2 from the iron-melting furnace is dusted by the electrical dust remover (secondary system) and then emitted in compliance with the emission standard. The fume containing smoke and dust from the desulphurization of the molten iron is dusted by the bag type dust remover and then emitted in compliance with the emission standard.

The fume from the converter is purified by an OG unit when the gas is recovered. The secondary fume produced when the hot metal is poured, or smeltered, or when the furnace is filled or added with the auxiliary materials, or when the steel is tapped shall be treated with the secondary fume dedusting system for the converter for purification where the exhaust gas is emitted through the high stack in accordance with the emission standard .

The smoke and dust generated from the big EAF are collected by the roof cover in combination with the 4 hole discharges before they are dusted by the bag type dust remover and emitted to the outside. The level of the emitted exhaust gas is less than 50mg/Nm3.

The smoke and dust generated from the torch cutting of the cast billet are collected by the suction cap equipped with the torch cutting machine and then emitted to the outside after they are purified by the bag type dust remover. The level of the emitted exhaust gas is less than 50mg/Nm3.

(2) For the electrical furnaces for special steel making, including the refining furnace, the fume and dust from the production process such as smelting, filing, tapping, ladle baking are collected by using the technology where there is a catch cover in the moving overhead crane. The trapped fume is purified by the bag type dust remover, and then emitted to outside with the concentration of fume and dust less than 50 mg/Nm3。




2-12

The process flow involved in the catch cover in the moving overhead crane is shown in Fig 2.3-1.

Fig 2.3-1 The process flow involved in the catch cover in the moving overhead crane

(3) The fume containing the dust and SO2 generated from some of the heavy oil heating furnaces and all the natural gas furnaces for making the medium (heavy) plate is emitted directly into air by the high stack.

(4) The 20t coal burning boiler consumes 3000 tons coal annually. Its exhaust gas, containing the smoke and dust, and SO2, is emitted through a 45m high stack after it is treated by the water film dust remover. The wastewater generated is discharged into sewage net of the plant after having been sedimentated.

2.3.2. Wastewater

(1) The wastewater from the continuous casting process contains pollutants such as the iron scale, the suspended matter and petroleum related substance and etc. It flows from the scale channel to the scale pit where the first removal of the scale is done. Then some processed wastewater is used for swashing the scale channel while most is sent to the sedimentation tank to settle where the scale is removed and the oil slick is skimmed. Then it is filled and cooled for secondary cooling circulation for the continuous casting process before a small amount of it is discharged to the outside.




2-13

(2) The rolling line produces the wastewater containing the scale and the oil due to the production process. The turbid circulating water treatment system is installed so that most of the scales are removed by the first sedimentation tank before going to the second scale sedimentation tank where the sedimentation and the oil removal are carried out for the recycled use. A small amount of it is discharged to the outside.

(3) Domestic sewage

The domestic sewage from the branches of Pusteel is treated by the cesspool before it is discharged after being mixed with the production wastewater including the turbid wastewater and clean wastewater.

The entire wastewater from the old plant produced by Pusteel is discharged into Huanpujiang River through four discharging outlets.

The exhaust gas and wastewater pollutants from the existing production equipment of Pusteel are listed in Table 2.3-1.

2.3.3. Noise

The main noise sources are the noises from work produced by equipment such as the converter (the noises are from the oxygen-blowing process), OG fans, EAF, heating furnace fans, dust removal fans and pumps. The main noise sources and their countermeasures due to the existing projects are listed in Table 2.3-2.

Table 2.3-2 Main noise sources produced by the branches of Pusteel

Noise source

Noise level dB(A)

Control Noise source

Noise level dB(A)

Control

OG fans for steel making

95 Muffler Air compressor

91

Damping measure, architectural partitioning as the penthouse

EAF for special steel

110 Smoke cover and the architectural partitioning

Blast blower 94

Architectural partitioning as the penthouse

Heating furnace fans

91 Architectural partitioning as the penthouse 94 Muffler

Rolling mill 90 Architectural partitioning

as the plant house Water pumps 96 Special water

pumps




2-14

Straightener 94 Architectural partitioning

as the plant house

Converter secondary dedusting fan

94 Special fan room

2.3.4. Comprehensive utilization of solid waste

The amount of the main solid waste generated in Pusteel and its comprehensive utilization are listed in Table 2.3-3.

Table 2.3-3 Statistics on the discharge of main solid waste

No. Name of solid waste

Generated quantity (ten thousands per year) Destination

1 Converter slag 16.1

2 EAF slag 8.4

3 Iron-making furnace slag 11.4

Mixed before proceeding to the company’s slag treatment line while the ball iron and scrap steel are recovered.

4 Coal slag 0.7 Recovered by Gas Corporation

5 Scale and etc. 2.0 for use in the steel making

process.

6 Waste oil 0.2 Handled by the company’s department taking care of the waste.

Total 0.388 million tons per year




2-15

Table 2.3-1 A list of main pollutant emissions from the production lines of the current projects in Pusteel

Pollution source Pollutants Control

measurements

Emission concentration or

intensity Standard value

1# converter

Emission concentration is 97mg/Nm3 and emission rate is 3.7kg/h

2# converter


3# converter

Discharged through a 20m high stack when having been purified by OG dedusting system. Emission

concentration is 121mg/Nm3 and emission rate is 3.5kg/h

GB9078-1996： Fume and dust: 150mg/Nm3

Iron-making furnace located in east area


Iron-making furnace located in west area

Discharged through a 40m high stack when having been purified by electrostatic dust remover.



3# EAF for Special steel


4# EAF for Special steel branch


LF furnace for Special steel branch

Dust

Discharged through a 20m high stack when having been purified by bag type dust remover. Emission

concentration is 17mg/Nm3 and emission rate is 2.6kg/h


Heavy oil heating furnace

Smoke and dust, SO2

Discharged through a 30m high stack.

The emission concentration of fume and dust is 167mg/Nm3, and emission concentration of SO2 is less than 850 mg/Nm3

GB9078-1996： Fume and dust: 200 mg/Nm3 SO2: 850 mg/Nm3




2-16

Coal burning boiler (20t)

Discharged through a 45m high stack when having been purified by water film dust remover.

The emission concentration of fume and dust is 124 mg/Nm3, and emission concentration of SO2 is less than 1,200 mg/Nm3

GB9078-1996： Fume and dust: 200 mg/Nm3 SO2: 900 mg/Nm3

Continuous casting process in the Steel making works

Emission concentration of SS is 62mg/l; For petroleum related substances, 5.8 mg/l; For COD, 55 mg/l

Continuous casting in the Special steel branch


Rolling line for medium plate


Rolling line for heavy plate

Waste water

Recycled for use when having been sedimentated, filtered, cooled.

Emission concentration of SS is 60mg/l; for petroleum related substances, 18 mg/l; For COD, 32 mg/l

DB31/199-1997： COD: 100 mg/l SS: 150 mg/l Petroleum related substances,:10 mg/l

Note: The data listed above was measured in 2004.

2.4. Total pollutant emissions

2.4.1. Exhaust gas

The statistics on the pollution sources of the main exhaust gas and the pollutant emissions from the existing production equipment in Pusteel’ are listed in 2.4-1.

Tab. 2.4-1 The statistics on the pollution sources of the main exhaust gas and the pollutant emissions from the existing production equipment in Pusteel




2-17

Pollutant emissions (t/a) No.

Name of

branch Pollution source Fume (dust) SO2

1# steel making furnace 30.1 2# steel making furnace 33.3 3# steel making furnace 29.4 Iron-making furnace in east area 260.9 1

Steel making branch

Iron-making furnace in west area 293.7

3# EAF 35.8 4# EAF 35.0 2

Special steel branch Refining furnace 19.8

3 Medium (heavy) plate

Heating furnace 16.1 1463.3

20t boiler 0.11 23.7 4 Others Charging system 4.8 Total 759 1487

2.4.2. Wastewater

The total quantity of water for industrial use in 2003 by Pusteel is 165.851 million tons, the quantity of the fresh water used is 32.28 million tons and the rate of water reuse is 81%. The volume of water used for each ton of steel is 20.7m3. The pollutant emissions at the outlets and the water quality involved are listed in Table 2.4-2.

Table 2.4-2 Discharge amount and water quality of water pollutants from each discharging outlet of Pusteel in 2003

The level of pollutant emissions (mg/l) Amount of pollutant emissions (t/a)

No.

West water discharge amount (ten thousands m3/a)

COD SS Petroleum related substances

NH3-N COD SS Petroleum elated substances

NH3-N

1# 2# 880.57 88 85 11.2 2.08 774.9 748.5 98.6 18.3 3# 767.67 63 61 8.8 1.45 483.6 468.3 67.6 11.1 4# 198.33 55 62 8.5 1.23 109.1 123.0 16.9 2.4 5# 91.16 53 57 7.3 1.36 48.3 52.0 6.7 1.2 Total 1937.73 1415.9 1392 189.7 33.1

2.5. Main environmental issues in the existing project

(1) Iron-making furnace is dedusted by the secondary system with lower dust-catching rate, so the result of dedusting is not ideal.




2-18

(2) The pusher-type heating furnace for the medium & heavy plate still took heavy oil as fuel, hence the SO2 and NOx from the combustion gas cause pollutions to the environment.

(3) The amount of SO2 generated in the technological flow involved in the iron-making furnace is not included in the total emissions, hence the value of SO2 in the annual report is lower.

(4) The low rate of water reuse: Pusteel’s drainage system involves the mixed-flow system. The domestic sewage is treated only by the cesspool and the separation tank. Although the production waste water is recycled due to the deoiling and the sedimentation in the tank, the rate of the recycled water is only 81%.

(5) The green area is small. Pusteel occupies the area of 2.1213 million m2 while the green area is only 0.25 million areas with the green coverage 11.8%. The forestation rate in the production area is even lower, and at present quite a few pieces of land remain to become green in a full sale which is available for forestation.




3-1

3. General situation of construction project

The production capacity of the relocation project: In Phase I, the annual output of qualified molten steel will be 2.063 million tons and 1.60 million tons for medium & heavy plates; In Phase II, the annual output of qualified molten steel will be 3.455 million tons and 1.60 million tons for medium & heavy plates, and 1.4 million tons for coils.

The construction engineering comprises mainly the main works, auxiliary works and utilities. The main works includes Corex ironmaking workshop, direct reduction workshop, steelmaking continuous casting workshop, wide & heavy plate workshop, coil workshop; The utilities include lime workshop, oxygen station, air compressing station, CCPP self-supplied power plant etc. The auxiliary works include finished products wharf, stock yard, energy sources center, inspection center, communication facilities, storage facilities, office and living facilities etc.

The composition of this project and main production equipments are shown in Table 3-1. The designed production capacity is shown in Table 3-2. The designed production capacity for each workshop is shown in Fig 3-1 and Fig 3-2.




3-2

Table 3-1 List for project composition and main production equipment

Project composition

Main production facilities in Phase I Main production facilities in Phase II

Raw material terminal

The existing bulk cargo terminal in Luojing Port will be utilized as raw material terminal, so there is no need to build a new raw material terminal.

Finished products wharf

Cantilever gantry, five sets. 25t wheel crane, four sets

Cantilever gantry, eight sets. 25t wheel crane, six sets

Stock yard Stockers, two sets; reclaimers, two sets

Stockers, four sets. Reclaimers, four sets

Corex Iron making Workshop

C3000×1 C3000×2

Direct reduction workshop

Shaft-type reduction furnace, one set

Steel making workshop

Hot metal desulphurization: 160tKR desulphurization unit, one set, 260t torpedo tank car Top and bottom combined blown converter: 150t X 1 EAF: 100t EAF(DC) ×1 Refine: 150t RH×1+150t LF×1+100t LF×1+100t VD×1

Hot metal desulphurization: 160t KR desulphurization units, two sets, 260t torpedo tank car Top and bottom combined blown converter: 150t X 2 EAF: 100t EAF(DC) ×1 Refine：150t RH×2+150t LF×2+100t LF×1+100t VD×1

Continuous casting workshop

400m super-heavy slab CCM, one set 250m heavy slab CCM, one set

400m super-heavy slab CCM, one set 250m heavy slab CCM, two sets

Wide & heavy plate workshop

4200/4200mm wide-heavy plate rolling mill, one set

4200/4200mm wide-heavy plate rolling mill, one set

Coils workshop 3500/2800mm Steckel mill, one set Lime workshop 300 t/d lime kilns, two sets 300 t/d lime kilns, two sets CCPP 125MW×2 125MW×3

Oxygen station Oxygen generators: 60000Nm3/h×2 Oxygen generators: 60,000 Nm3/h×4

Air compressing station

Two sets: 150m3/min×5 220m3/min×5

Two sets: 150m3/min×5 220m3/min×5

Waste water treatment station

The designed treatment capacity is 25, 000 m3/d. The capacity in Phase I is 638m3/h and in Phase II is 940m3/h.

Other utilities Including energy source center, inspection center, communication facilities, storage facilities, office and living facilities etc.




3-3

Table 3-2 Production capacity

No. Project Unit Output (ten thousands tons per annum)

Phase I Phase II 1 Iron Ten thousand tons per

annum 150 390

Of which: hot metal Ten thousand tons per annum

150 300

Sponge iron (DRI) Ten thousand tons per annum

90

2 Molten steel Ten thousand tons per annum

206.3 345.5

3 Continuous casting billet Ten thousand tons per annum

200 335

Of which: billet produced by heavy plate CCM (δ=150~250mm)

Ten thousand tons per annum

125 260

Billet produced by super-heavy plate CCM (δ=300~400mm)


75 75

4 4200/4200mm medium & heavy plate rolling mill


160 180

Of which: carbon steel finished steel plates


144.7 164.7

Titanium alloy steel plate Ten thousand tons per annum

0.3 0.3

Stainless steel medium & heavy plate


15 15

5 3500/2800mm steckel mill (separate project)


140

Of which: Coiled plate Ten thousands tons per annum

30

Sheet Plate Ten thousands tons per annum

110

6 Outsourcing slab Ten thousands tons per annum

43 31

7 Outsourcing DRI Ten thousands tons per annum

35.5




3-4

(Iron 150 Steel 206.3 Continuous casting billet 200 Material 160 Outsourcing billet 43 Exotic billet 17)

Fig 3-1 Production capacity of Luojing plant area in Phase I




3-5

(Iron 300 Steel 345.5 Billet 335 Steels 320 Outsourcing billet 17 Exotic billet 31 Outsourcing DRI 35.5)

Fig 3-2 Production capacity of Luojing plant area in Phase II




3-6

3.1. Dock facilities

Water transportation will become the main means of transportation for material and finished products in the relocation engineering, the existing bulk cargo terminal in Luojing Port will be utilized as raw material terminal and the finished products wharf will be newly built.

3.1.1. Raw material terminal

The bulk cargo terminal (such as lump ore, fine ore, pellet and coal etc.) in Luojing will be used for transportation of bulk material needed for the relocation engineering, and then the bulk material will be transferred to stock yard. The total loading and unloading amount will be completed in two phases, for Phase I is 4.25 million tons per annum and Phase II is 9.7 million tons per annum. The stock yard of relocation engineering is close to ore yard in Luojing Port; a new belt conveyor with 1200mm length will be newly built for transferring the raw material to stock yard for storage.

Natural depth of water in unshipping dock of Luojing is between -10.5mand -11m, a super sea craft with weight less than 180,000 tons can be parked here, bulk cargo ship with weight between 50,000 and 70,000 tons can anchor here. Water depth of shipping dock is between -7.5m and -8m that both sides can be used for working. There are nine berths in Luojing Port with annual designed throughput is 10 million tons and annual transportation ability is 12.3 million tons. The number of large handling machinery equipped for loading and unloading working is eleven, and mobile machinery is fifteen. A landing stage dock with 1,276m length extends to main channel of Yangtze River. The area of stockyard is 170,000m2 with stockpiling capacity can reach more than 600,000 tons; if 500m is extended to the west, then the capacity will reach to 1500, 000-1600, 000 tons.

3.1.2. Finished products wharf

The finished products wharf is mainly responsible for the ex-works of the followings: finished slab of 4200mm wide-heavy plate mill workshop, Coil and finished medium & heavy plate of 3500/2800 steckel mill workshop, ship plate processed by medium & heavy processing and delivery center, machinery plate and finished coil and outsourcing continuous billet; and for entering into plants of the followings: stainless steel slab supplied by No. 1 Steel Works, raw material plate of 5000mm wide-heavy plate of Baosteel, however the ex-works of water slag and incoming of scrap steel shall be considered.

The upstream of raw material wharf is to be used for building finished products wharf, which is close to products output area in Luojing, the designed throughput




3-7

for Phase I is 3.09 million tons and 4.81 million tons for Phase II. The scale of finished products wharf is 355m X 55m and shows reversed L type of arrangement; there are four bridge cranes track with 16m track gauge and width of 15m access bridge and length of 1100m; 5,000 tons and 10,000 tons vessel (each for two berth) can be stopped respectively inside and outside of the wharf, the back of the wharf can be utilized as finished product storage yard with area is 1120,000 m2. Dredge road is to be built outside of plant area and forms a loop road with existing Beiyunchuan road. Highway transport is used for transportation between finished products wharf and plant area.

Main loading and unloading facilities includes: bridge crane (Phase I/Phase II), 5/8sets; 4.5t tractor, 8/12 sets; 40t rolling car, 24/36 sets; 5t rolling car, 8/12 sets; 25t wheel crane 4/6 sets, 40t fork lift, 4/6 sets.

3.2. Stock yard

The raw material site comprises material receiving facilities, comprehensive material site and material feeding facilities, of which: the material receiving facilities consists of that from wharf inlet and by automobile; comprehensive material site comprises ore, coal and coke stock yard; material feeding facilities comprises material supply system to Corex and Midrex furnace.

(1) Material receiving facilities

Bulk raw materials such as lump ore, pellet and coal etc. will be unloaded through existing dock of Luojing Port, and will be transferred from the former dock by transportation system, then will be transferred to the newly built comprehensive stock yard for storage by belt conveyor. Auxiliary raw materials can be directly transferred to stock yard for dumping by dumping truck.

(2) Comprehensive material site

The comprehensive material site will be equipped with four strip rubbers, two sets stocker and three sets reclaimers used respectively for storing lump ore (including fine ore), pellet, coal, coke and flux with total storage is 410,000t.

(3) Material feeding facilities

The material feeding facilities includes material supply for Corex furnace and for shaft-type reduction furnace from material site, the material supply facilities of Corex furnace includes ore, coal and coke material supply facilities; the shaft furnace mainly includes ore and pellet material supply facilities as well as belt




3-8

conveyor system used for material supply of Corex furnace and shaft furnace.

The main technical economic indicators are listed in Table 3-3.

Table 3-3: The main technical economic indicators

No. Project name Unit Indicators Remarks

1 Quantity of annual material receiving (dry)

Ten thousands tons per annum 425

2 Quantity of annual material feeding (dry)

Ten thousands tons per annum 425

3 Total area of material site Ten thousands m2 13.3

Not includes roads

4 Total power of process equipments kW ~7600

5 Total quality of process equipment t ～7000

3.3. Iron making system

3.3.1. Corex iron making

3.3.1.1. Production process and characteristic

Corex process is a new iron making process that uses non-coking coal as reduction for smelting reduction iron making and has been industrialized uniquely in the world; it separated the processes of reduction and melting which are carried out in shaft furnace and gasifier respectively; molten iron and gas are generated from gasifier, and the shaft furnace is mounted on the top of gasifier for reduction of ore. The “coking” and “sintering” has been cancelled in Corex process compared to traditional process of iron making by blast furnace. The main production processes of the Corex are as follows:

a). Prereduction of Corex is going on the top of shaft furnace and final reduction is going on the bottom of gasifier, while the whole process of iron making by blast furnace is completed in a reactor.

b). A special big oxygen generation station is needed for Corex furnace and the oxygen is not necessary to be heated; for blast furnace, blast stations are necessary, and gas volume per ton required is more than that of Corex, furthermore, heating is required for hot blast furnace.




3-9

c). Corex process has been absorbed many mature blast furnace and shaft furnace technologies, which is equipped with similar material supply system, tuyere platform, casthouse and scum disposal system etc.; although the structure of Corex proper is complex, it is mature in technologies, and this point becomes one of main causes that Corex firstly gets into industrial production.

d). One more hot cyclone dry dust collector in Corex than blast furnace, all the dry & wet dust collectors are arranged on the frame of Corex with compact arrangement, while for blast furnace, all are arranged on the floor.

e). The sponge iron discharged from shaft furnace to gasifier of Corex can be sampled to analyze, which is useful adjusting furnace conditions and composition of molten iron; flux is mainly added from shaft furnace, which can adjust the alkalinity of slag quickly; the startup and stop of Corex furnace is easy, the time for stopping furnace is only approx. 45 minutes, and after blowing-down, only 5 hours is enough for furnace to resume normal production level, and the production ratio is basically same with blast furnace.

f). The production cost, investment, energy consumption and floor space of Corex furnace is the same with blast furnace.

g). Mineral powder collected by hot cyclone dust collector is conveyed to Corex furnace and, its adoption for raw material and fuel is better than blast furnace, iron ore (lump ore, pellet and sinter) for blast furnace is suitable for Corex furnace.

h). Coals that with 0-50mm granularity can be used by Corex and, which not need to carry out coke making as well as the coal need not to be made into coal dust to blow and spray; while cokes has to be used by blast furnace, but in order to reduce the consumption of coke, part of coal dust can be blown and sprayed.

i). Oxygen is employed by Corex which not need to heat and, calorific value of outgoing gas is high which reaches to 7850kJ/m3; the hearting of blast furnace is by air blast and hot blast furnace and, plenty of nitrogen is included in gas, which caused combustible constituent decreased, and calorific value of top gas is about 3300kJ/m3.

j). Molten iron with similar composition as blast furnace can be acquired by Corex.

k). The advantage of Corex process is that high quality gas can be acquired without coke and, also is equal to blast furnace in the aspects of reliable production, investment and costs, which would become new direction of iron making technology and, in line with principle of sustainable development.




3-10

3.3.1.2. Composition of iron making system

The workshops mainly consist of coal drying system, ore storage tank (coal chute) and material feeding system, top coal and mine loading facilities, Corex proper, gas system, casthouse, scum disposal system and oxygen system etc.

(1) The coal dry system includes: two sets of dry machine with capacity of 100t/h, which can reduce the water content of coal from 10% to 5% below, fuel for drying is Corex gas.

(2) Ore storage tank, coal chute and material loading system includes: reversible belt conveyor on the ore storage tank and coal chute that, makes the raw and incoming material load into ore storage tank and coal chute, below which equipped with vibration feeder, weighing device, gates and belt. Loading of coal and mine is by skip incline.

(3) Top system: series tank interlock top furnace equipment is used for top charging; top furnace multi-tube distributor is used for distribution; series tank coal charging interlock top furnace and screw coal feeder are used for charging coal.

(4) Corex proper:

a) Sponge iron screw discharger: six sets of which are arranged horizontally along the circumference that below reduction furnaces, which can be employed for material feeding to gasifier continuously under hot conditions.

b) Gas dust feedback devices: four sets, dust blow and spray system collected by four hot cyclones whirlwind are returned back to gasifier through burner port.

c) Oxygen spray ports: thirty

d) Gasifier cooling system: by a set of cooling wall.

(5) Casthouse: double casthouses with each iron notch. Iron notch drill, clay gun, slag iron runner and drawn-out lip etc. are provided with casthouse.

(6) Slag and iron disposal system: 260t hot metal car is used for transportation of molten iron by railway and, slag is disposed by water power slag system of INBA drum method.

(7) Pig-casting machine room: double chain pig-casting machine with the length of 65m, one set.




3-11

(8) Fine ore and fine coal briquetting system: Fine ore and fine coal briquetting equipment, one set for each.

(9) Top gas cleaning system: wet gas cleaning system with filling syringe and adjustable Venturi scrubber which connected in series, main equipments contains filling scrubber, adjustable Venturi scrubber, demister and dehydrator etc.

(10) Cool gas cleaning system: the same as top gas cleaning system, its main equipments contains cool gas pre-scrubber, cool gas filling scrubber, cool gas adjustable Venturi scrubber, cool gas demister and dehydrator etc.

(11) Cool gas pressure station: cool gas is pressurized and mixed with gas from outlet of gasifier so as to reduce the temperature, its main equipments contains cool gas compressor, muffler, noise enclosure and valve etc.

(12) Gas output system: the output gas is made of gas from mixing of top gas of shaft furnace and excess gas of gasifier, with a irradiation tower for firing of output gas.

3.3.1.3. The main technical economic indicators of the project

The main technical economic indicators for the workshops are shown in 3-4.




3-12

Table 3-4 The technical economic indicators of C3000 smelting reduction furnace (as per phase I)

No. Name Unit Indicators Remarks

1 Main products and by-products

(1) Iron molten Ten thousands tons per annum 150

(2) Ingot pit Ten thousands tons per annum /

(3) Water slag Ten thousands tons per annum 49.4

(4) Output gas m3/t 1724 Calorific value: 7,842kJ/m3

(5) Gas stucco Ten thousands tons per annum 6.84

2 Technical economic indicators

(1) Yearly working days d 350

(2) Coal consumption kg/t 900(including

fine coal briquetting)

1.35 million tons per annum

(3) Coke under sieve kg/t 48 72,000 tons per annum

(4) Pellets kg/t 741 1.115 million tons per annum

(5) Lump ore kg/t 593 889,200 tons per annum

(6) Fine ore kg/t 148 225,600 tons per annum

(7) Dolomite kg/t 160 242,000 tons per annum

(8) Limestone kg/t 60 91,000 tons per annum

(9) Oxygen consumption m3/t 531

(10) Alkalinity of slag 1.15

(11) Degree of metallization of sponge iron % ＞90

(12) Molten iron temperature °C 1500

3 Other consumption

(1) Water (fresh water) m3/t 1.7

(2) Electricity kWh/t 80 Including coal briquetting

(3) Compressed air m3/t 10

(4) Nitrogen m3/t 80

Work system and annual working time: 3-shift continuous work system, annual




3-13

working days are 350 and working hours are 8400.

3.3.2. Iron making by direct reduction (in Phase II)

3.3.2.1. Characteristic of production process

Sponge iron produced by direct reduction (DRI) is another iron making process without blast furnace. There are lots of methods for making sponge iron in the world, however, direct reduction that have been put into industrial mass production which, mainly includes gas-based furnace (Midrex, HYL), coal-based rotary kiln (SL/RN, DRC) as well as fluidized technique, of which the production of gas-based furnace accounts for 90% or above of production of sponge iron. These processes are available in mature techniques, simple operation, and low energy consumption and, producing high qualified products and high production efficiency.

Reducer that used for DRI shaft furnace manufactured abroad is mainly natural gas and reducing gas with low oxidizability that generated during petroleum cracking, however, which restricted by territory and rising cost of natural gas. The relocation project would take advantage of gas-based furnace and take Corex gas which CO2 has been removed as reducer, which, enrich the industrial production of China that use gas-based direct reduction, also a more valuable ways is available for Corex qualified gas.

3.3.2.2. System composition

The workshop comprises mainly the shaft furnace proper, CO2 removal unit for Corex gas, reducing gas heating unit, ore storage tank and material loading facilities, gas cleaning system, sponge iron passivation and conveying device etc. They are described as follows:

a). Ore storage tanks and material loading system: comprising pellet tank, lump ore tank, screen tower, 500m3 storage bin, weigh batching machine, edge curled belt conveyor, 70 m3 receiving hopper, sealed tube and multi-tube distributor etc.

b). Shaft furnace body: annual output is 0.8-1.36 million tons.

c). Reducing gas preparation and heating system: It is to reduce the content of CO2 in top gas of recirculation furnace from 10.5% to 1.5%, PSA process will be adopted, by which most of H2S in reducing gas can be removed together with CO2. The reducing gas heating is divided into two steps, the first is to heat the reducing gas by the tube heater to approx. 450°C, and then heat by partial oxidation heating method to approx. 850°C.The main installation comprise VPSA for preparation of reducing gas, tube heater and controlled combustion furnace, one set for each,




3-14

and the processing capacity is 314,200 Nm3/h, 193,800 Nm3/h and 193,800 Nm3/h respectively.

d). Direct reduction iron (DRI) dumping system: including discharger with certain capacity, hot DRI closed circulating cooling system, DRI conveyor, edge curled belt conveyor, 7000t DRI storage bin and N2 system etc.

e). Gas cleaning system: equipped with dry cyclone dust collector, gas cleaning and purify (material filling scrubber and adjustable Venturi scrubber in series connection), gas pressurizing station, gas output system and wash water for gas treatment system etc.

f). O2, N2 and gas supply system: finished mixing gas outputted by Midrex is used for fuel to heat reducing gas indirectly of first stage, for the second stage, directly partial combustion of pure oxygen is used to for reducing gas, discharging for shaft furnace is protected by N2 against passivation, pipes are used for supply of O2, N2 and gas.

The main technical economic indicators are shown in Table 3-5.




3-15

Table 3-5: The main technical economic indicators for direct reduction shaft furnace

No. Project name Unit Indicators Remarks

1 DRI output per annum

Ten thousand tons per annum 90

2 Annual working days d 350 3 Furnace top gas m3/t-DRI 1809 Standard conditions 4 DRI quality: TFe 91.28% MFe 83.4% ηMe 92% C 1.0～2.0%

5 Raw fuel consumption

(1) Pellets Ten thousands tons per annum 63.9

(2) Lump ore Ten thousands tons per annum 63.9

(3) Reducing gas Ten thousands m3/a 165,600

6 Other consumption

(1) Water (fresh water) m3/t-DRI 0.5

(2) Electricity (shaft furnace) kWh/t-DRI 50

Removal of CO2 kWh/t-DRI 150 (3) Compressed air m3/t-DRI 2

(4) Sealing gas (N2)

m3/t-DRI 90

Work system and annual working time: 3-shift continuous work system, annual working days are 350 and working hours are 8400.

3.4. Continuous casting system for steelmaking

3.4.1. Steelmaking system

In Phase I, 150t converter, 150t LF and 150t RH will be built, one set for each, and at the same time each set of 100t DC EAF, 100t LF and 100t VD of Pusteel will be relocated and modified, with annual production capacity of molten steel is 2.063 million tons; in Phase II, 150t converter, 150t LF and 150t RH will be rebuilt again, which make the production capacity of molten steel reaches to 3.455 million tons.

The main technical economic indicators and consumption indicators are shown in




3-16

Table 3-6 to Table 3-8.

Table 3-6: The main technical economic indicators for converter steelmaking workshops

No. Name Unit Quantity Molten iron desulphurizing 1 Type of desulphurization KR process 2 Cycle time for desulphurizing min 35 3 Number of desulphurization units Sets 2 4 Capacity of hot metal bottle t 160 5 Daily output, molten iron t/a 4286 6 Annual output, molten iron Ten thousand tons 150 Converter 1 Nominal capacity of converter t 150 2 Number of converters Set 1

3 Number of converters that are often put into operation Set 1

4 Smelting cycle of converter 35 Of which: oxygen blowing time, net min 16

5 Capacity of molten steel produced by converter t 160

6 Daily heats heats /day 23 7 Average lifetime of furnace lining furnace 5000 8 Yield of molten steel of converter % 93.5 9 Annual heats Heat/annum 7400

10 Annual output, molten steel Ten thousand tons per annum 129

3 LF 1 Capacity of ladle t 160 2 Rated capacity of transformer MVA 25 3 Number of ladle furnaces (LFs) Set 1 4 Average processing cycle of LF min ~40

5 Annual output, LF Ten thousand tons per annum 129

4RH vacuum degassing 1 Capacity of ladle t 160 2 Average disposal cycle min 38 3 Number of RH Set 1 4 Suction capacity of vacuum pump kg/h 600 (at 67pa)

5 Annual disposal capacity of molten steel Ten thousands tons 129




3-17

Table 3-7: The consumption indicators of main raw material for converter steelmaking workshops

No. Name Unit Quantity

Converter 1 Iron and steel kg/t molten steel 1080 Of which: scrap steel kg/t molten steel 162 Molten iron kg/t molten steel 918 2 Ferroalloy kg/t molten steel 18 Ferrosilicon kg/t molten steel 3 High carbon ferromanganese kg/t molten steel 3 Medium carbon ferromanganese kg/t molten steel 2 Low carbon ferromanganese kg/t molten steel 1.5 Silicomanganese kg/t molten steel 4 Aluminum kg/t molten steel 1.5 Other alloy kg/t molten steel 3 3 Active lime kg/t molten steel 40 4 Iron ore kg/t molten steel 5 Lightly fired dolomite kg/t molten steel

30 15

6 Fluorite kg/t molten steel 5 7 Soft silica kg/t molten steel 5 8 Ladle slag kg/t molten steel 5 9 Coke breeze kg/t molten steel 9 10 Patching materials kg/t molten steel 0.6 11 Refractories kg/t molten steel 8 Molten iron desulphurizing 1 Limb kg/t molten steel 9 2 Fluorite kg/t molten steel 0.7 3 Aluminum grit kg/t molten steel 0.5 3 LF 1 Limb kg/t molten steel 5 2 Synthetic slag kg/t molten steel 6 3 Fluorite kg/t molten steel 1

4 Ferroalloy kg/t molten steel 5 (included in converter)

5 Electrode kg/t molten steel 0.5 4 RH

1 Ferroalloy kg/t molten steel 6 (included in converter)

2 Refractories kg/t molten steel 3.6




3-18

Table 3-8: The main technical indicators of EAF

40% molten iron plus 60% scrap steel No. Project Unit

100t EAF in Luojing 1 Smelting cycle of EAF min 56 2 Capacity of steel per hour by EAF t/h 118

3 Production capacity of steel per annum (274 days)

Ten thousands tons per annum 77.3

4 Power on hours of EAF min 46 5 Average power of EAF MW 58.3

Consumption of main raw material and auxiliary material Iron and steel kg/t molten steel 1080 Of which: scrap steel kg/t molten steel 691 1 Molten iron kg/t molten steel 389

2 Alloy kg/t molten steel 18 3 Limb kg/t molten steel 40 4 Dolomite kg/t molten steel 5 5 Fluorite kg/t molten steel 2 6 Graphite electrode of EAF kg/t molten steel 1 7 Graphite electrode of LF kg/t molten steel 0.5 8 Carbon powder kg/t molten steel 6 9 Synthetic slag kg/t molten steel 10 10 Recarburizer kg/t molten steel 0.2 11 Silicon calcium yarn kg/t molten steel 0.8 12 Aluminum yarn kg/t molten steel 0.8 13 Refractories for EAF kg/t molten steel 2.4 14 Refractories for ladle lining kg/t molten steel 12

Consumption of main power and media 1 Electrical consumption of EAF kWh/t molten steel 207 2 Electrical consumption of LF kWh/t molten steel 50 3 Power consumption of workshops kWh/t molten steel 40 4 Electrical consumption for dedusting kWh/t molten steel 40 5 Coke oven gas Nm3/t molten steel 8 6 Compressed air Nm3/t molten steel 5 7 Steam kg/t molten steel 40

8 Circulating cooling water m3/t molten steel 40

Production rules and yearly working time: 3-shift continuous work system, annual working days is 300 days and working time is 7200 hours.




3-19

3.4.2. Continuous casting system

In Phase I, one set of 250mm heavy slab CCM would be built with annual production capacity of qualified heavy slab reaches 1.25 million tons, and another one set of 400mm heavy slab CCM with annual production capacity of qualified special heavy slab reaches 0.75 million tons, total amounts would reach to 2 million tons; on the basis of Phase I, one set of heavy slab CCM would be newly built in Phase II, which would make the production capacity of heavy slab increase to 3.35 million tons at that time.

Slab specifications: 200, 230, 250, 300, 350, 400mm×1300～2500mm×4000～ 12000mm.

Specifications of outsourcing slab: 200, 230, 250, 300mm×1000 ～2300mm×4000～11000mm

The compositions of CCM are as follows: slewing table for casting ladle, intermediate tank, dummy ingot car and lifting device, mold, casting powder devices, hydraulic vibration device of mold, curve reach and filter sector, front and rear roller table, roll table conveyer, torch cutting machine, deburring machine, jet printing machine, ingot pusher, stacking table, lateral conveying machine, local flame cleaning machine, maintenance equipment for intermediate tank and mechanical devices etc.

The main technical economic and consumption indicators for the workshops are listed in Table 3-9 and 3-10.

Table 3-9: The main technical economic indicators for continuous casting workshops

No. Project name Unit 250mm slab CCM 400mm slab CCM

1 Number of CCM Set 2 1 2 Type of CCM Vertical bending Bending 3 Radius of CCM m ～10 ~8 4 Number of strands for CCM Machine-strand 1－1 1－1 5 Length m ~33.0

6 Steel grade

Ship plate steel, boiler steel, vessel steel, structural steel, anticorrosion and anti-wear steel and other steel grade

Ship plate steel, boiler steel, vessel steel, structural steel, anticorrosion and anti-wear steel and other steel grade

7 Cross-sectional dimensions of slab mm 200、230、250×

1000～2500 300、350、400× 1000～2300




3-20

No. Project name Unit 250mm slab CCM 400mm slab CCM

8 Cut lengths of slab mm 4000～12000 4000～12000

9 Drawing speed scope of CCM m/min 0.2～2.5 0.1～2.5

10 Heats of continuous casting Heat/times 7 6 11 Preparation time min 42 24 12 Yield of metal 97% 97% 13 Operating rate of CCM 85.8% 80%

14 Production capacity of CCM Ten thousands tons per annum

for each set 133 75

15 Total weight of process equipments in continuous casting workshop

t 10920

16 Total power installed of process equipment in continuous casting workshop

kW 11040

17 Building area of main plant of continuous casting workshop m2 33840

18 Manpower Persons 300




3-21

Table 3-10: List of main power consumption indicators

No. Project Unit 250mm heavy

slab CCM

400mm super-heavy

slab CCM Remarks

1 Molten steel t/t billets 1.03 1.03 2 Refractories kg/t billets 3 3.3 3 Mould powder kg/t billets 0.6 0.65

4 Tundish covering flux kg/t billets 0.5 0.6

5 Mould copper plate kg/t billets 0.03 0.04

6 Nitrogen Nm3/t billets 0.12 0.12

7 Oxygen Nm3/t billets 2.3 2.4

8 Natural gas Nm3/t billets 1.0 1.1

9 COREX gas Nm3/t billets 4 4

10 Argon gas Nm3/t billets 0.23 0.23

11 Compressed air

Nm3/t billets 32 35

12 Lubricant L/billets 0.015 0.02 13 Grease kg/t billets 0.020 0.025

14 Electricity consumption

kWh/t billets 19.5 20.0

Excluding electromagnetic stirring station, water treatment station and air compressor station

15 Make-up fresh water m3/t billets 0.52 0.53

Work system and annual working time: same with Steelmaking workshop, 3-shift continuous work system, and annual working days are 300 and working hours are 7200.

3.5. Steel rolling system

3.5.1. 4200mm wide & heavy plate workshop

3.5.1.1. Basic conditions

The 4200mm wide & heavy plate rolling mill comprises 4200/4200mm roughing mill and finishing mill. The original 4200/3500mm rolling mill of Pusteel will be utilized as 4200 roughing mill, roll table and, partial heat treatment and finishing facilities in first step, for second step, 4200 roughing mill etc. will be updated. In order to




3-22

satisfy the requirements of production of special medium & heavy plate, a new 4200mm finishing mill with high rolling capability will be added, as well as rapid cooling unit, heat treatment device and, finishing and shearing device.

3.5.1.2. Composition of equipment

The compositions of key process equipment are shown in Table 3-11.

Table 3-11 Composition of key process equipment of 4200mm wide & heavy plate workshop

Equipment name Quantity Equipment name Quantity Walking beam plate heating furnace Two sets Reversible roughing mill with

vertical and four-roller One set (salvage)

Car bottom heating furnace One set Online supersonic flaw

detection system One set

Stainless steel acid pickling equipment One set Dual-head cutting shear Two sets (salvage)

Rough rolling high pressure water descaling box

One set Cut-to-length shear Two sets (one for

salvage)

Rapid cooling unit One set Nonoxidation roller-hearth heat treatment furnace

One set

Cropping shear One set Open fire roller-hearth heat treatment furnace

One set (salvage)

Four-roller reversible finishing mill One set Double walking-beam heat

treatment furnace Two sets (one for salvage)

Shot blasting machine Two sets Cold straightener One to two sets (one for salvage)

Hot straightener One set Flatter One set (salvage) Cooling bank Three

sets

3.5.1.3. The main technical and economic indicators

The main technical and economic indicators of the workshops are shown in Table 3-12.




3-23

Table 3-12: The main technical and economic indicators

No. Name Unit Guarantee value Remarks

1 Annual output Of which: carbon steel and alloy structural steel plate Stainless steel Titanium alloy steel plate

Ten thousands tons

Phase I 160

144.7 15 0.3

Phase II 180

164.7 15 0.3

2

Raw material per annum Of which: carbon steel and

low alloy structural slab Stainless steel slab Titanium alloy slab

Ten thousands tons

174.426 157.4 16.7

0.326

196.026 179 16.7 0.326

3 Type and specification of rolling mill

4200mm/4200mm heavy plate rolling mill

7 Consumption index for finished steel

7.1 Metal t 1.089 7.2 Fuel GJ 2.2 7.3 Electricity kW•h 90 7.4 Circulation water m3 110 7.5 Fresh water m3 3.5 7.6 Roller kg 0.36 7.7 Refractories kg 1.4

Work system and annual working time: 3-shift continuous work system, annual working days are 271 and effective working hours are 6500.

3.5.2. 3500/2800mm coil workshop (constructed in Phase II)

3.5.2.1. Basic conditions

The production capacity is 1.4 million tons, of which 0.9 million tons for coils and 0.5 million tons for steel plates. Dividing according to product mix: 0.55 million tons for ship building plate, 0.45 million tons for structure plate, 0.2 million tons for pipeline steel, 0.12 million tons for boiler and vessel plate and 80,000 tons for others.

Specification of products:

Steel plate: 4.0~50mm×1600~2500mm×6000~25000 mm

Coil: 4.0~20mm×1300~2500mm, the maximum weight is 0.35 million tons.

3.5.2.2. The compositions of key process equipment

Table 3-13 Composition of key process equipment of 3,500/2,800mm coil




3-24

workshop

Equipment name Quantity Equipment name Quantity Walking beam plate heating furnace

One set Coiler furnace Two sets

Roughing mill One set (utilize 3500 finishing mill)

Cooling bank One set

Finishing mill Two sets (2800mm, two-stands are in series connection, and maximum rolling force is 7,000t.

Finishing line One set

Rapid cooling unit One set Hot treatment line One strip

3.5.2.3. The main technical and economic indicators

The main technical and economic indicators are listed in Table 3-14.

Table 3-14 The main technical and economic indicators

No. Project name Unit Indicators I. Main products 1 Annual output t 1,400,000 II. Foundation documentation

2 Type and specification of rolling mill 3500mm roughing mill (salvage) plus 2800mm two-stands steckel mill

3 Area of main plant m2 70,000 III. Working hours 4 Annual working hours h 7,000 IV. Consumption index per ton for products 5 Blank t 1.0563 6 Consumption of fuel GJ 0.98 7 Electricity consumption kWh 90 8 Water: fresh water m3 3.6 Circulation water 90 9 Compressed air m3 10 10 Oxygen m3 0.06 11 Roller kg 1.0

3.6. Active lime workshop

Two sets of 300t/a active limekiln would be newly built and designed production capacity is 210,000 t/a.




3-25

Corex gas will be utilized as fuel, the consumption is 520Nm3 per annum, and total consumption in one year is 10.6×107Nm3/a.

3.7. CCPP generating units

In Phase I, two sets of 125MW gas turbine combined-cycle generation unit will be built and energy output will reach to 1.892 billion kWh/a; another set of 125MW gas turbine combined-cycle generation unit will be built in Phase II.

The operating principle of gas turbine combined-cycle generation: first compress the gas and air to 1.5-2.2 Mpa, and then ignite them in combustion chamber, the flue gas with high temperature and pressure expands in combustion turbine and drive air compressor (AC) and generator (GE) to complete single cycle to generate electricity. The temperature of flue gas emitted by combustion turbine is above 500°C, surplus heat can be used so as to improve efficiency; medium-pressure steam which generated in heat recovery steam generators (HRST) can be used for power generation of steam turbine (ST).

The main designed indicators for gas turbine generating unit, open-air layout of waste heat boiler and indoor layout of steam turbine generator are shown in Table 3-15.

Table 3-15: The main technical and economic indicators

No. Project Phase I 1 Installed capacity (MW) 2×125 2 Gas consuming volume per hour (m3/h) 245000 3 Efficiency of CCPP (%) ～48 4 Operating hours per annum (h) 7800～8000 5 Generation capacity per annum (108kW.h) 19.5 6 Rate of Electricity consumption of power plant 3% 7 Generation capacity per annum (108kW.h) 18.92 8 Gas supply per annum (108m3) 18.72 9 Gas consumption per annum (108m3) 18.72

10 Annual consumption of clean recirculation water (106t) 202

11 Annual consumption of salt elimination water (106t) 0.43 12 Annual consumption of light diesel fuel (t) 27

Working system: continuous working, annual working hours of one generating unit is 7800-8000




3-26

3.8. Oxygen station

A lot of oxygen will be utilized in process of Corex iron making, and oxygen, nitrogen and argon is necessary for direct reduction shaft furnace, converter, EAF, molten steel refining, continuous casting etc. Two sets of 60,000 Nm3/h oxygen generators will be built in Phase I, and in Phase II, another two sets of 60,000 Nm3/h oxygen generators will be built again, at that time, the total number are four.

The oxygen generators comprise: air filtrating and compressing system, air pre-cooling system, air cleaning system, air separation distillation system, air compressing system and storage system of liquid products etc.

All other equipments shall be arranged outdoor other than air compressor which shall be arranged indoor.

3.9. Thermal facilities

Steam: afterheat steam shall be utilized during normal production period, a new steam thermal station will be built; in the meanwhile, a new steam boiler house will be built and a 25t/h steam boiler will be assembled which shall be put into operation exclusively during construction period and, the fuel is natural gas.

3.10. Air compressing station

Compressed air: air compressor station, two sets; one is located in steel rolling area, the total gas supply capacity is 750Nm3/min (5×150Nm3/min); another is in steel making area, the total gas supply capacity is 1100Nm3/min (5×220Nm3/min).

3.11. Other construction items

Including energy source center, inspection center, communication facilities, storage facilities, office and living facilities etc

3.12. General layout plan

Main body workshop of plant is located in field between old dike of Yangtze River and Beiyunchuan Road, the stock yard, limekiln, wastewater treatment station, gas bell, CCPP and iron making workshop will be arranged from east to west, which forms iron prop area. Steelmaking-continuous casting area (2×150 top and bottom combined blown converter and 1×100t EAF steelmaking-continuous casting




3-27

workshop, 1×400mm super-heavy slab CCM, 2×250mm heavy slab CCM) and steel rolling area (4200/4200mm wide & heavy plate rolling mill, medium & heavy plate processing and delivery center, 3500/2800mm steckel mill) are in series arrangement with iron proparea. Utilities are arranged separately around main workshops, the finished products wharf is located in northwest of Yangtze River outside plant area. The general layout plan is shown in Fig 3-3.

3.13. Afforestation of plant area

The open space and sides of road are afforested in this engineering, the green area is 7,010,000 m2 and greening rate reaches 30%.

3.14. Construction investment and project progress

The amounts of investment on this project are 12 billion yuan in Phase I and 17.32 billion yuan will be invested directly for Phase II, of which, the investment on environmental protection is 1.166 billion yuan, which accounts for 6.7% of total investment. The investments on environmental protection are mainly used for exhaust gas control, cleaning treatment of wastewater, noise control, treatment of solid waste and integrated utilization, greening of plant area, the investment amounts are listed as follows for each item:

Purification of exhaust gas 0.44 billion yuan

Wastewater treatment 0.459 billion yuan

Noise control 0.104 billion yuan

Treatment of solid waste 0.07 billion yuan

Greening of plant area 0.055 billion yuan

Others 0.038 billion yuan

Total 1.166 billion yuan

The engineering (Phase I) will be put into operation in first quarter, 2007.




3-28

3.15. Summary of main raw and auxiliary materials consumed in whole

plant

The summary of main outsourcing raw and auxiliary materials consumed in whole plant is shown in Table 3-16.

Table 3-16: The summary of main outsourcing raw and auxiliary materials consumed in whole plant

Total consumption No. Name Unit

Phase I Phase II Main technical data

1 Coal Ten thousands tons per annum

137.03 274.05 The content of sulfur is 0.60%

2 Nut coke Ten thousands tons per annum


3 Lump ore Ten thousands tons per annum


4 Fine ore Ten thousands tons per annum


5 Pellet for blast furnace

Ten thousands tons per annum


6 Pellet for shaft furnace

Ten thousands tons per annum

64.86 The content of sulfur is 0.006%

7 Limestone Ten thousands tons per annum


8 Dolomite Ten thousands tons per annum


9 Silica Ten thousands tons per annum


10 Fluorite t/a 12369 22419 The content of CaF2 is 88% 11 Fresh

water Ten thousands m3/a

1220 1958

12 Natural gas

Ten thousands m3/a

1246 2138 Volume percent of H2S is less than 0.02%

13 Oxygen Ten thousands m3/a

90153

14 Nitrogen Ten thousands m3/a

15823

15 Argon gas Ten thousands m3/a

216




4-1

4 Engineering analysis

The construction of the engineering consists of production units such as finished products wharf, stock yard, Corex iron making workshop, direct reduction workshop, steelmaking-continuous casting workshop, wide & heavy plate workshop, coil workshop, oxygen station, air compressor station, CCPP etc., while each unit can form a separate system, so this Section will be arranged as per production unit.

The final production capacity of Corex iron making workshop is 3 million tons per annum, and is provided with two sets of C3000 Corex furnace. There is no production experience about Corex at home, so no production and design indicators of environmental protection data is available. Shanghai Baosteel Group has had technical exchange in Corex ironmaking process with VAI and ISCOR of South Africa since early of 1990s, and dispatched personnel to carry out technical investigation abroad; in the new century, the technical exchange and investigation will be more frequent. In 2004, deeper technical (including Midrex, VPSA etc.) exchange has been carried out on this project many times by Baosteel, the environmental protection indicators about ironmaking process involved in the assessment are all from the above-mentioned technical exchange, the details are as follows:

The data (including composition of gas etc.) related to pollution sources about C3000 Corex is reckoned by VAI (supplier of technology and equipment) according to C2000 Corex, the data about C2000 Corex are from measured data of C2000 production plant which has been put into operation in 1993 and 1998; manufacturer which has been put into operation is ISCOR of South Africa, POSCO of Korea, Wikipedia of Austria etc. The percentage of “sulfur balance” of Corex is based on average value of measured data in long-term investigation by ISCOR and Saldanha of South Africa and POSCO of Korea, the environmental protection data and relative data (e.g. composition of gas) of direct reduction workshop are all from Midrex shaft furnace of South Africa which has been put into operation; furthermore, the data about material loading system and secondary fume of casthouse, and design of dedusting system is determined by design unit according to technical documentation of supplier and long-term domestic production practice.

4.1 Dock facilities

The existing bulk cargo terminal in Luojing Port will be utilized as raw material terminal; finished products wharf will be newly built. For influence assessment of finished products wharf, please see chapter 22.

4.2 Stock yard

4.2.1 Pollution sources and pollutants

The stock yard is one of the main air pollution sources for this relocation engineering, as dust will be raised during the loading and unloading, transportation and dumping of the raw materials for production, and dust of stock yard also will be raised in high wind conditions; dust will appear at transfer points




4-2

of material supply system of Corex and reduction shaft furnace, and discharged water of stock yard and raindrops both contain plenty of fine powder.

4.2.2 Pollution control measures

(1) Water spray: dust emitted from stock yard and during stacking and fetching of material can be sprayed with water by a sprinkler, and it will reduce the dust significantly.

(2) Flushing the vehicle: flush the vehicle before they are driven out of stock yard, it can flush the materials which stick to the tyres. Flushing facilities shall be provided in stock yard.

(3) Sealing by adhesive band: the 1200mm belt conveyor from outlet of original conveying system in Luojing Port to stock yard is to be sealed entirely, and can control dust emission effectively.

(4) Dedusting of transfer points of material supply system: dust from transfer points can be dedusting by bag filter, its air flow can reach 600,000m3/h, the maximum concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35mg/Nm3, and maximum emission rate is less than 19.1kg/h and the height of exhaust funnel is 30m.

(5) Wastewater from stock yard: mainly wastewater containing fines from water spray, flushing of vehicle and material conveying system, sedimentation units shall be provided in design. Wastewater which has been precipitated can be reused again and no other wastewater will be discharged. Makeup water is reclaimed water that has been treated by central wastewater treatment station.

(6) Rain water: precipitation channel will be provided around the stock yard; rains can be precipitated and then discharged by rainwater pipe network.

Stock yard, water spray facilities and wastewater treatment facilities will be built in Phase I, the second set of Corex and dedusting facilities of material supply system of reduction shaft furnace will be built in Phase II.

4.3 Ironmaking system

4.3.1 Corex ironmaking system

4.3.1.1 Analysis of pollution sources

The process flow diagram is shown in Fig 4.3-1.

Lump ore, limestone and dolomite etc. will be transferred to ore storage tank by belt conveyor. The dried coal will be loaded into coal chute; mine and coal can be loaded into Corex reduction shaft furnace and gasifier respectively by individual skip incline; the coal is loaded into coal storage hopper by material loading unit and transferred to pressurized coal tank, then it can be loaded from top of gasifier continuously by screw feeder which speed can be adjusted.

High-temperature reducing gas from the gasifier can be introduced into shaft




4-3

furnace after dedusting and conditioning by annular pipe, and pass through the descending ore layer from down to up; ferric oxide moves from up to down and will be reduced to sponge iron with metal yield of over 90%. Six sets of screw dischargers are arranged around the circumference of bottom of reduction shaft furnace to feed continuously the sponge iron to the gasifier; top gas from reduction shaft furnace will be output after wet dedusting.

The gasifier is used for melting sponge iron to produce qualified molten iron; meanwhile the reducing gas required by the upper shaft furnace can also be produced. After the coal is charged from the top of gasifier, it will react with the high-temperature gas with temperature of 1100 degree, and dried, degraded, dry distillated, and carbonize, and form the called coke bed in the gasifier. The oxygen and carbon fed combusts in tuyere area of gasifier and forms high-temperature reducing gas (CO+H2>90%) with temperature of 1100 degree and then leaves gasifier; after adding cooling gas, the temperature of reducing gas reduces to 800~850℃, and then it will be used as reducing gas of the upper shaft furnace after dedusting by hot cyclone dust collector, while the dust collected by hot cyclone dust collector will be returned to gasifier. The sponge iron added into gasifier is molten and forms molten iron during descending, and the gangue, coal ash and flux etc. contained in ore forms slag, so the iron and slag can be separated, and discharged in due time. The gas from shaft furnace and gasifier contains plenty of fume and dust, which shall be purified, then can be put into use. There is gas scrubbing wastewater produced from this system.




4-4

Fig 4.3-1: The schematic drawing for Corex ironmaking process flow and pollution discharge nodes




4-5

There are two casthouse, of which carried out tapping and slag tapping in turn. The position of sow, slag iron runner, slag skimmer and tilting trough etc. will produce fume (contains dust).

Pig casting machines as auxiliary facilities are essential to normal operation of Corex; and are used for maintaining steel making system or supplying additional molten iron necessitated for steel making. First, the molten iron from pig iron ladle is mixed with iron runner and then flows into molten iron mould to cool itself naturally, then spray water to cool the molten iron slowly, and finally spray water to perform fast cooling to form alloy block, which will drop into iron hopper through fold-down plate. Pig casting machine works intermittently and accompanies plenty of graphite and brown iron oxide. The annual working time for the production process is very short, and it will not be put into operation in normal conditions. The annual working days are 3-4, and will not be more than one week.

4.3.1.2 Exhaust gas control

(1) Coal dry system: each set of Corex unit is provided with two sets of drier to dry nut coal; the fuel applied is Corex gas, and fume will be emitted during burning. The fume flow is 150,000 m3/h, the height of exhaust funnel is 25m; there are little content of SO2 and NOx with emission rate less than 7.5kg/h and 22.5kg/h respectively, and their discharge concentration are less than 50 mg/Nm3 and 150 mg/Nm3 respectively.

(2) Coal loading system: the reversible belt conveyor is provided with coal chute, and is to receive lump coal from stock yard and coal dry system, and is to load the lump coal into coal chute; a vibrating feeder, weighting hopper and belt are provided beneath the chute. The coal is loaded by skip incline and there is coal dust discharging during production. The system is to be provided with coal screening, coal bunker and coal chute system, their air flow is 40,000m3/h, 50,000m3/h and 50,000m3/h respectively, and pulse bag filter is utilized as dust collector and dedusting efficiency can reach 99%. The concentration of dust in exhaust gas emitted after cleaning for the three system are all less than 35 m3/Nm3, the maximum emission rates are less than 1.3kg/h, 1.6kg/h and 1.6kg/h respectively, and the heights of exhaust funnel are all less than 25m.

(3) Material loading system: the material loading systems for lump ore, pellet, limestone and dolomite are essentially the same as coal loading system and all accompany dust during production. The system is to be provided with ore screening and ore storage tank system, their air flows are 40,000m3/h and 70,000m3/h respectively. The exhaust gas containing dust is emitted after purified by low-pressure pulse bag filter and the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%; the maximum concentration of dust in exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rates are less than 1.3kg/h and 2.2kg/h respectively, and the heights of exhaust funnel are all 25m.

(4) Top charging system: the coal and mine charging are carried out separately, series tank interlock top furnace equipment is used for charging ore; top furnace multi-tube distributor is used for material distribution; series tank coal charging interlock top furnace equipment is used for charging coal and screw-type coal distributor is used for charging and the material is charged from the top of gasifier. The sealing of material loading and unloading position of charging equipment is to be provided with closed suction and exhaust unit, the exhaust gas containing dust is emitted after purified by precipitator, the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%; Total volume of exhaust gas is approx. 30,000 m3/h and the maximum




4-6

concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, and the maximum emission rate is less than 1.0kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is approx. 25m.

(5) Casthouse: There are two casthouse, which carried out tapping and slag tapping in turn, it is to provide with trapping system for primary fume and second fume in the design. The primary dedusting system is mainly used for trapping fume containing dust from the position of sow, slag/iron trough, slag skimmer and tilting trough, and the second dedusting system is mainly used for trapping fume containing dust during opening/blocking iron notch. A set of bag filter purification system can be used together by primary and second fume, the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%; the total fume flow is 1,200,000 m3/h, the maximum concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 35 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 30m.

(6) Pig casting machines: bag filter is to be provided to collect graphite and iron oxide from the operation of pig casting machine and dedusting efficiency can reach 99%, and the air flow is 150000 m3/h; the maximum concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 4.4 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.

(7) Fine coal cold briquetting: each set of Corex C3000 is provided with one set of fine coal briquetting equipment, and its annual production capacity is 500,000 t; the binder used is honey and lime hydrate. The system consists of pulverizing screening system, mixing process and briquetting. The bag filter is used for purifying the exhaust gas containing dust during production, and its air flow is 100,000 m3/h; the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%, the concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 3.2 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.

(8) Gas system: the temperature of gas discharged from gasifier is approx. 1100°C, and it will be added into cold gas and cooled to 800~850°C, then will be conveyed into hot cyclone dust collector, after dedusting, part of gas is conveyed into shaft furnace to serve as reducer, and others are conveyed to users after second-stage dedusting by filling syringe and Venturi scrubber with throat opening adjustable; the gas from shaft furnace is directly conveyed to second-stage dedusting of filling syringe and Venturi scrubber to purify, and there is no exhaust gas emitted in normal conditions. The dust collected by hot cyclone dust collector is conveyed back to gasifier, and wastewater from two sets of second-stage wet dedusting system can be recycled by purifying of wastewater treatment system in workshop. The concentration of dust in export gas is less than 5 mg/Nm3, and concentration of H2S is 70~100ppm.

4.3.1.3 Wastewater and control measures

Independent circulating water treatment station is provided in workshop, and it is divided into clean circulating water system, gas scrubbing water system and water system for scrubbing slag etc., the descriptions about them are as follows:

Clean circulating water: used for indirect cooling of oxygen burner, fluid level indicator, particle burner, intake pipes of hot gas generator, DRI screw conveyer, coal feeding pipe and coal screw conveyor, and particle circulating system etc.; only the temperature of water will rise after cooling these units, but it can be




4-7

recycled after treatment of cooling tower, some forced drainage is carried out intermittently and the water will be used as compensation water after draining into gas scrubbing system and granulating slag turbid circulating system, however there is no productive wastewater drained in normal conditions.

Gas scrubbing water: comprises water for scrubbing of top gas, cooling gas and export gas, the wastewater drained from gas scrubbing unit and gas cooling unit will be conveyed to cooling tower after removal of suspended matters by separate tank of coarse particle, scruff separate tank and radial-flow sedimentation tank, then will be carried out secondary sedimentation, the fresh water will be pressurized by pump for recycling. The mud at the bottom of first and secondary sedimentation tank will be pressurized and then conveyed to concentration tank for condensing, and the mud at the bottom of concentration tank is to be conveyed to belt-folded press filter for dehydrating, the mud after dehydration is conveyed to mud bunker and transferred out by vehicle for comprehensive utilization; the clear liquid and filtrate of press filter is conveyed back to radial-flow sedimentation tank. The sewage is drained into granulating slag treatment system for compensation water, and there is no productive wastewater drained during normal production process.

Granulating slag treatment: INBA method (i.e. drum-type filtering method) is used for treating slag from Corex, the pulp water can be carried out the separation process of water and slag after washing. The granulating slag is conveyed to stockyard by belt conveyor, and water is conveyed to hot water pool and pressurized by granulation pump after cooling of cooling tower, and then conveyed to water tank for recycling. This is a operation process of water deficit so there is no productive wastewater drained.

Wastewater for iron casting machine: it is necessary to spray water to cool the iron casting machine during casting process and it is also for conveying of iron block, so the wastewater produced can be recycled by sedimentation tank. This is a operation process of water deficit so there is no productive wastewater drained.

4.3.1.4 Noise sources and control measures

The main noise sources are mainly from production process system, material loading system, gas system and dedusting system etc., e.g. the decibel of equalizing valve on top of furnace and pressure relief valve of gas can reach 100~120 dB (A), and for gas scrubbing water pump, gas fans and dedusting fans, this can reach 90~98dB (A).The equalizing valve and pressure relief valve is to be provided with muffler to reduce the noise approx. 35 dB(A). The fan of dedusting system and fan house are to be provided with noise elimination and sound insulation measurements respectively. The water pump is to be provided with sound insulation by buildings, this can reduce the outdoor noise to 70~75 dB(A).

The structure of workshop is multistory light steel frame, and is provided with roof cover. The noise of total production area is 80~85 dB(A), and the noise of main span is 85~95 dB(A).

4.3.1.5 Comprehensive utilization of solid waste

The main solid waste for the workshop is scruff, gas slime for dedusting of gas system, dust from material loading system and casthouse etc.




4-8

Corex granulating slag: its main chemical compositions are CaO, SiO2, Al2O3 etc., which are essentially the same as BF slag. The Corex slag by water quenching and dehydrating which carried out before furnace are all utilized as raw material for producing cement or, used for producing slag wool or slag micro-powder with higher added value, so the comprehensive utilization ratio of 100% is possible.

Corex gas slime: from the purifying of gas, its main chemical compositions are Fe2O3, FeO and fixed carbon, which essentially the same as BF gas slime. The collected gas slime is transferred to Baosteel or sintering plant of No.1 Steel Works to be added into raw materials for production, the utilization ratio can reach 100%.

Precipitator dust: the precipitator dust collected by dust collector of Corex ironmaking system mainly comprises fine material collected by dust collector of raw material loading system of ore storage tank and coal chute, top charging system and coal dry system. Its composition is the same with raw and auxiliary material; furthermore, it also comprises dust which contains iron collected by dust collector of casthouse system, and the composition is the same with precipitator dust of BF casthouse. The precipitator dust collected is transferred to Baosteel or sintering plant of No.1 Steel Works to be added into raw materials for production, the utilization ratio can reach 100%.

Waste refractories: certain amount of waste refractories will be produced when repairing the lining of Corex furnace, pig iron ladle and casthouse, their main compositions compose of SiO2, Al2O3 and MgO etc.. After collecting these waste refractories, the big piece of which can be used for building materials, and the small piece can be utilized as pits’ filling or road construction and also can be used for raw materials for producing refractories after breaking as well as slag forming constituent for steel making, so the comprehensive utilization ratio of 100% is possible.

4.3.2 Shaft furnace ironmaking system (In Phase II)

4.3.2.1 Analysis of pollution sources

The lump ore, limestone and dolomite etc. will be conveyed to screen tower from stock yard by belt conveyor, and are screened fine powder which less than 4mm, after that, they are conveyed into three storage bins whose volume is 500 m3. The pellet and lump ore are stored separately. Charge mixture is done by weighting feeder below storage bin, and then they are conveyed to 70m3 receiving hopper which at the top of shaft furnace by edge curled belt conveyor. The mixture of pellet and lump ore are added into shaft furnace by seal pipe and multi-tube distributor with the help of gravity. The ore in shaft furnace is preheated and reduced by ascending reducing gas and then forms into metallic iron; the thermal DRI is cooled by a closed circulating system, and the products are output from the bottom of shaft furnace. The DRI will be weighted on the conveyor by discharger, and then conveyed to three product storages with three 7000t volume of nitrogen by another edge curled belt conveyor to passivate. The DRI will be discharged at a certain speed, and after screening, the upper material screened will be finished products, the metal powder (<4mm) which screened down will be pressed by briquetting machine or added into sintered material. The reducing gas comprises Corex gas which has been removed CO2 and heated, the temperature of Corex gas shall be heated to approx. 850°C, and will be conveyed from the bottom of shaft furnace and, will be output from the top of shaft furnace after reacting with




4-9

ore.

There is exhaust gas containing dust emitted in the process of charging lump ore and pellet, the export gas contains plenty of fume and dust. The output, storage and transportation of DRI will accompany dust, and there is fume produced during heating of the reducing gas in first stage, and for second stage, the heating is by partial direct combustion, so there is no exhaust gas emitted. The process flow diagram is shown in Fig 4.3-2.




4-10

Fig 4.3-2 The schematic drawing for ironmaking process flow and pollution discharge

nodes of Corex and shaft furnace

4.3.2.2 Exhaust gas control




4-11

Material loading system: the suction and exhaust units are to be provided for belt conveyor system, screening system, lump ore tank, pellet tank, mixture system, and material delivery system and transfer stations; the exhaust gas containing dust is emitted after purified by low-pressure pulse bag filter and the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%. Total volume of exhaust gas is approx.30,000 m3/h, and the concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 3.2 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.

Top charging system: bag filter is used for purifying the exhaust gas containing dust from the process of adding the lump ore and pellet into shaft furnace; the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%. Total volume of exhaust gas is approx.40,000 m3/h, and the concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 1.3 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.

Finished products system: bag filter is used for purifying the exhaust gas containing dust that from the process of discharging and storage and transport of finished DRI, and the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%, and air flow is 100,000 m3/h; the concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 3.2 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.

Heating furnace for reducing gas: the Corex top gas which has been removed CO2 shall be heated to 850°C by two steps; tube heater is used for the first step, and the fuel is Corex gas, fume flow is 55,000 Nm3/h, and the main pollutants in exhaust gas are Nox and SO2, their emissions are to be provided with stack of 30m height, and the emission concentration of NOx and SO2 shall be less than 200 mg/Nm3 and 100 mg/Nm3 respectively, and the maximum emission rate is 11 kg/h and 5.5 kg/h respectively. The heating in second step is done by the way of direct combustion, so there is no fume emitted.

Gas system: the gas for shaft furnace can be purified by secondary dedusting system of filling syringe and Venturi scrubber, after purifying, the mixture of gas and VPSA tail gas is supplied to rolling plant as gas fuel, the concentration of dust in gas for distribution is less than 5mg/Nm3, the maximum concentration of H2S is between 70 and 100 ppm, and the wastewater from this system is treated by wastewater treatment system which is installed for this purpose.

4.3.2.3 Wastewater treatment

Independent circulating water treatment station is provided in workshop, and it is divided into clean circulating water system and gas scrubbing water system etc., the descriptions about them are as follows:

Indirect cooling water: used for indirect cooling of some units such as shaft furnace proper, air inlet pipe for hot gas, DRI screw conveyor etc. and industrial clear water is adopted; only the temperature of water will rise after cooling these units, but it can be recycled after treatment of cooling tower; some forced drainage is carried out intermittently and the water will be used as compensation water after draining into gas scrubbing turbid circulating system, however there is no productive wastewater drained.

Gas scrubbing water: mainly used for the scrubbing the export gas. The




4-12

wastewater drained from gas scrubbing unit and gas cooling unit will be conveyed to cooling tower after removal of suspended matters by separate tank of coarse particle, scruff separate tank and radial-flow sedimentation tank, and then will be carried out secondary sedimentation, the fresh water will be pressurized by pump for recycling. The mud at the bottom of first and secondary sedimentation tank will be pressurized and then conveyed to concentration tank for condensing, and the mud at the bottom of concentration tank is to be conveyed to belt-folded press filter for dehydrating, the mud after dehydration is conveyed to mud bunker and transferred out by vehicle for comprehensive utilization; the clear liquid and filtrate of press filter is conveyed back to radial-flow sedimentation tank. The sewage is drained into granulating slag treatment system for compensation water, and there is no productive wastewater drained. The water consumption of whole ironmaking system and are shown in Table 4.3-1.

Table 4.3-1: The water consumption of whole ironmaking system and rate of water for repeated use

Construction period

Total consumption

Repeated water consumption

Volume of supplemental fresh water

Rate of water for repeated

use

Phase I 10,730 m3/h 10,580 m3/h 150 m3/h 98.6%

Phase II 21,490 m3/h 21,130 m3/h 360 m3/h 98.3%

4.3.2.4 Noise sources and control measures

The main noise sources are mainly from process equipment, material loading system, gas system and dedusting system etc., e.g. the decibel of equalizing valve on top of furnace and pressure relief valve of gas can reach 100~120 dB (A), 85~95dB(A) for material loading system and 90~98dB(A) for gas scrubbing water pump, gas fans and dedusting fans. The equalizing valve and pressure relief valve is to be provided with muffler to reduce the noise approx. 35 dB (A). The fan of dedusting system and fan house are to be provided with noise elimination and sound insulation measurements respectively. The water pump is to be provided with sound insulation by buildings, this can reduce the outdoor noise to 70~75 dB (A).

The structure of workshop is the same with Corex which is multistory light steel frame, and is provided with roof cover. The noise of total production area generally is 80~85 dB(A), and the noise of main production area is 85~95 dB(A).

4.3.2.5 Comprehensive utilization of solid waste

The solid waste from this workshop is mainly the precipitator dust collected by material loading system and, discharge, storage and transport system of DRI The precipitator dust collected by dust collector of shaft furnace is mainly the dust of raw material system from belt conveyor, screening system, lump ore tank and pellet tank, its compositions is the same with that of lump ore and pellet; The precipitator dust collected by discharge, storage and transport system for DRI is mainly the oxide which contains fine material of DRI, its main composition is iron. The collected fine material is transferred to Baosteel or sintering plant of




4-13

No.1 Steel Works to be added into raw materials for production, the utilization ratio can reach 100%.

The application of gas slime from gas scrubbing system and waste refractories from whole workshop is the same with that of Corex workshop.

4.4 Continuous casting system for steelmaking

4.4.1 Analysis of pollution sources


Fig 4.4-1: The schematic drawing for steelmaking process flow and pollution discharge nodes

Dumping of molten iron: the Corex molten iron is conveyed to steel making area by torpedo tank car, and then dumped into molten iron pack. There is fume produced during the process of dumping.

Desulphurization of molten iron: the Corex molten iron shall be desulphurized




4-14

before steel making, and active lime will be taken as desulfurizer. The fume containing dust will generate during desulphurization. Furthermore, a little of fluorite (0.7kg/t) is necessary for desulphurization, so there exists a little of fluoride in the fume.

Converter smelting: high-temperature fume containing dust can be produced during melting process, pouring of molten iron and tapping, also it can be produced when charging ferric alloy and active lime into the converter. During the loading, the dust can also be produce; The OG process will be used for gas purifying, and it can produce waste water.

EAF smelting: lots of high-temperature fume can be produced during melting, tapping and charging, and in the meanwhile some noise can be made.

Outside refining: high-temperature fume containing dust can be produced during refining of LF and RH, also it can be produced when pouring molten iron before refine and tapping after refine; furthermore, a little of fluorite (1.0kg/t) is necessary for refining, so there exists a little of fluoride in the fume.

Exhaust gas containing dust can be produced when storing and transporting underground storage bin for ferroalloy and auxiliary material.

Continuous casting: fume containing dust can be produced from production of two sets of tundish, and it can also be produced a little when casting powder is adding into mold, and it can produce wastewater when cooling the equipment.

4.4.2 Control measures of exhaust gas

In Phase II, 150t converter, 150t LF and 150T RH will be built, one set for each, and their dedusting units (excluding for coal system) will be built in Phase I.

Dedusting for iron dumping station: one set of pulse bag filter is to be provided for dedusting the fume containing dust, and the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%, the air flow is 750,000 m3/h (including in Phase II). The concentration of dust in fume after purifying is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the emission rate is less than 21.9 kg/h, and the height of stack is 30m.

Dedusting for molten iron desulphurizing and refining system: one set of bag filter is to be provided for dedusting the fume containing dust from process of desulphurizing and skim of molten iron, stirring, blowing and, refining of RH and LF, the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%, the total air flow is 750,000 m3/h (including in Phase II). The concentration of dust in fume after purifying is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the emission rate is less than 21.9 kg/h, and the height of stack is 30m. Most of fluoride accesses into desulphurizing slag, only small amount accesses into fume system. The concentration (calculated as F)of fluoride in fume which has been dedusted and purified is less than 1 mg/Nm3 and the emission rate is less than 0.1 kg/h (including in Phase II).For the fluoride from refining process of LF, most accesses into refined steel slag, only small amount accesses into fume system. The concentration (calculated as F) of fluoride in fume which has been purified by bag filter is less than 1 mg/Nm3 and the maximum emission rate is less than 0.123kg/h (including in Phase II).

Dedusting for steelmaking system of converter: Two sets of converters are to be provided with two sets of gas purifying and recovering systems. The




4-15

high-temperature fume is to be cooled by vapourizing and then enters into wet OG gas purifying system, the qualified gas which has been purified will be utilized as fuel for steelmaking system or the whole plant, and the unqualified gas will be emitted through stack of 80m height. The fume flow for each set of converter is 110,000 Nm3/h (in Phase I), and the maximum concentration of dust is 80~100mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 4.6kg/h (in Phase I).

One set of pulse bag filter is to be provided for dedusting the secondary fume from the process of pouring of molten iron, charging, tapping and converting of the two sets of converters, and the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%, the total air flow is 1,200,000 m3/h (including in Phase II). The concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 35 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 30m.

Dedusting by 100t DC EAF: the fume collecting system, which combined with second-hole fume discharge device of inner furnace and closed fume hood as well as roof fume hood, is to be provided. Fume discharge device of inner furnace is adopted by 100t LF to discharge fume, which together with the exhaust gas containing dust produced by material loading system will be sent to pulse bag filter, and the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%. The total air flow is 1,200,000m3/h, the concentration of dust in exhaust gas is less than 35mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 35 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 30m.For the fluoride from refining process of LF, most accesses into refined steel slag, only small amount accesses into fume system. The concentration (calculated as F) of fluoride in fume which has been purified by bag filter is less than 1 mg/Nm3 and the maximum emission rate is less than 0.11kg/h.

Two pulse bag filters are to be provided for dedusting the exhaust gas containing dust from storage and transport of underground storage bin for ferroalloy and auxiliary materials, one set for each; the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%; their air flow is 120,000 m3/h (including in Phase II). The concentration of dust in exhaust gas after purifying is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 3.8 kg/h, and the height of stack is 25m.

Continuous casting system: one set of pulse bag filter is to be provided for dedusting the fume containing dust produced from two sets of tundishs, the air flow is 80,000 m3/h (including in Phase II). The concentration of dust in exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 2.3 kg/h, and the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.As the amount of fume which comes from the process of adding mold powder for mold is small, they can be sucked into secondary cooling room by the designed suction system. The dust contained in exhaust gas mixes with water vapour produced in secondary cooling room to reduce the flow rate, and then sinks into the secondary cooling water, thereby accesses into wastewater treatment system.

4.4.3 Wastewater treatment

The wastewater from converter, EAF can be combined with that from continuous casting system, i.e. the same kind of water shall be combined as far as possible, in the meanwhile, the operation convenience of main process shall be considered and some units shall be arranged separately, the descriptions about them are as follows:

Pure water circulation system: mainly used for indirect cooling of oxygen core




4-16

lance and sublance for converter, converter proper, electrical plate at the bottom of EAF, rectifier of EAF, cover of LF, transformer, VD furnace and mold of CCM etc. and it is divided into three sub-cycle systems which are high-pressure, medium-pressure pure water system and continuous casting mold system. Only the temperature of water will rise after cooling these units, but it can be recycled after cooling of heat exchanger, and there is no wastewater drained in normal conditions.

Clean circulating water system: mainly used for indirect cooling of fume hood by molten iron pretreatment, fume hood of EAF, furnace wall, water cooling flue of EAF, fume discharge fan and EAF, LF, CCM etc, it can be divided into four sub-cycle systems as converter, EAF, CCM and miscellaneous water system. Only the temperature of water will rise after cooling these units, but it can be recycled after treatment of cooling tower, and some clean wastewater is drained into turbid circulation system.

Turbid circulation system: mainly used for purifying of converter gas, direct cooling of RH and VD furnace, direct cooling of CCM and flushing of iron scale. It can be divided into three sub-cycle systems as converter OG gas purifying system, direct cooling system of RH and VD and continuous casting system. There will be some iron scale, suspended matters and small amount of petroleum existing except the rising temperature of water, so the purifying of water shall be considered for reusing in the design. The water consumption of whole steel making system, continuous casting system and rate of water for repeated use are shown in Table 4.4-1.

Table 4.4-1: The water consumption of whole steel making system, continuous casting system and rate of water for repeated use

Construction

period

Total

consumption

Repeated water

consumption

Volume of

supplemental

fresh water

Rate of water

for repeated

use

Phase I 29,895 m3/h 29,550 m3/h 345 m3/h 98.8%

Phase II 36,450 m3/h 35,900 m3/h 550 m3/h 98.5%

4.4.4 Noise control

The main noise of this workshop is mainly from EAF and fume discharge fans; the noise made by EAF can reach 120 dB (A), and for fume discharge fans of dedusting system, this can reach 90~100dB (A).Closed fume hood and plant buildings can be applied to the sound insulation of EAF, and the plant adopts light steel frame and forms a full-closed structure. Muffler and sound insulation materials can be applied to fume discharge fans.

4.4.5 Comprehensive utilization of solid waste

The solid waste from steel making and continuous casting system mainly includes: desulphurizing slag, steel slag from converter, EAF and outside refining and, precipitator dust collected by dedusting system of charging of smelting furnace, secondary fume from converter and fume from finery, as well as mud from purifying of converter gas and iron scale from treating continuous casting turbid




4-17

circulating water. The steel slag produced from the production of stainless steel has been carried out analysis of leaching toxicity, the result is that the concentration of pollutants as Cr, Ni in leach solution is significantly lower than that of “Identification standard for hazardous wastes-Identification for extraction procedure toxicity (GB5085.3-1996)”, that is to say the stainless steel slag not belongs to hazardous waste.

The slag steel recycled from converter slag and refinery slag can be used as building material for steel slag or used for road constructing and pit filling etc; the precipitator dust collected by dedusting system for converter and refinery fume can be sent to No.1 Steel Works or Baosteel for producing pellet; the continuous casting iron scale is used for steel making or sintering; the waste refractories from smelting furnace and ladle (casting ladle) can be used as the same with that of iron making system.

Comprehensive utilization of various waste produced by the workshop can be realized, and the utilization factor can reach 100%.

4.5 Steel rolling system

4.5.1 4200/4200mm heavy plate workshop

4.5.1.1 Pollution sources and pollutants

The process flow diagram is shown in Fig 4.5-1~2.

The exhaust gas produced mainly is fume from combustion, exhaust gas containing dust and exhaust gas from pickling, and the wastewater mainly contains clean circulation hot wastewater, turbid circulation wastewater containing oil, pickling wastewater containing heavy metal and pickling waste liquor.

4.5.1.2 Control measures for exhaust gas

The gas (concentration of H2S is 70~100ppm) from steel making system is utilized as fuel of heating furnace and heat treatment furnace, and combustion gas will be produced during production period, and the main pollutant is NOx with emission concentration of 100~240mg/Nm3 ; and the next is SO2 with emission concentration of 50~100mg/Nm3.

Combustion gas: the fume flow of pusher-type heating furnace is 54,530Nm3/h, the emission rate of NOx and SO2 is 13.1kg/h and 5.2kg/h respectively and the height of stack is 60m; the fume flow of walking-beam slab continuous heating furnace (two sets) is 160000Nm3/h, the emission rate of NOx and SO2 is less than 38.4kg/h and 15.2kg/h respectively and the height of stack is 60m; the fume flow of external mechanization-type heating furnace is 62,000Nm3/h, the emission rate of NOx and SO2 is 14.9kg/h and 5.0kg/h respectively and two stacks with the height of 30m.

The fume flow of car bottom heating furnace is 31,000 Nm3/h, and the maximum emission rate of NOx and SO2 is 3.1kg/h and 2.5kg/h respectively, the height of stack is 30m; the fume flow of open fire roller-hearth heat treatment furnace (the fuel is natural gas) is 39,800 Nm3/h, and the maximum emission rate of NOx and




4-18

SO2 is 4.0kg/h and 0.3kg/h respectively, the height of stack is 25m; the fume flow of radiation roller-hearth heat treatment furnace is 41,000 Nm3/h, and the maximum emission rate of NOx and SO2 is 4.1kg/h and 3.7kg/h respectively, the height of stack is 30m; the fume flow of double walking-beam heat treatment furnace (one set) is 15,430 Nm3/h, and the maximum emission rate of NOx and SO2 is 3.7kg/h and 1.4kg/h respectively, the height of stack is 30m.




4-19




4-20

Fig 4.5-1 The process flow diagram of structural carbon steel and structural alloy steel




4-21

Fig 4.5-2 Production process flow of stainless steel

Exhaust gas containing dust: water mist is provided for dedusting iron oxide dust from roughing mill and finishing mill, i.e. additional set of dustlaying pipeline is provided at cooling water pipeline of exit roller of rolling mill and atomizers is provided for spraying. After the iron oxide dust mixing with water mist, then they drop into trough. At last the iron oxide dust can be controlled, and no exhaust gas containing dust will be emitted.

The exhaust gas containing dust produced by heat treatment shot blasting machine can be purified by built-in filter element-type dust collector; the concentration of dust in emitted exhaust gas is less than 35mg/Nm3, the maximum emission rate is less than 0.7kg/h and the height of exhaust funnel is




4-22

15m.

Exhaust gas from the process of pickling: the production capacity of stainless steel wide & heavy plate is 0.15 million tons. These products shall be provided with pickling treatment by mixed acid (HNO3+HF) before ex-works. Acidic pickling exhaust gas will be produced from pickling tank with total volume of 25,000 m3/h. Special pickling house is to be provided for wet spraying of acid mist by spray tower and secondary purifying by ammonia catalytic reduction, the height of exhaust funnel is 40 m; the concentration of NOx and F in exhaust gas is less than 240mg/m3 and 9mg/m3, and the maximum emission rate is less than 5.5kg/h and 0.21kg/h respectively.

4.5.1.3 Wastewater treatment (combining with coil workshop)

Clean circulating water system: mainly used for indirect cooling of: furnace door, chimney valve, furnace roller table (support tube), roller table for material charging and discharging, main motor, motor of cut-to-length shear, motor of hot straightener, controlled silicon and hydraulic system of walking-beam heating furnace from Wide & Heavy Plate Workshop and Coil Workshops. Only the temperature of water will rise and can be recycled after cooling. Some forced drainage is carried out intermittently and the water will be used as compensation water after draining into turbid circulating water system, however there is no productive wastewater.

Turbid circulating water system: mainly utilized as direct cooling, high-pressure descaling and rinsing of iron scale for some equipment such as roller table, roller table of rolling mill and hot straightener as well as slab etc. Not only will the temperature of water rise after cooling, but also exist iron oxide scale and a little amount of petroleum oil, which can be treated by designed third treatment system (primary iron sheet sedimentation tank, secondary sedimentation tank, filter and cooling tower). First cinder pit is used for remove iron oxide scale of large granule, the secondary sedimentation tank and filter is used for remove iron oxide scale of small granule and oil. At last, the water treated as per above steps and cooled by cooling tower can be recycled. There is small amount of wastewater drained; the backwash water for filter and forced drainage water is discharged into central wastewater treatment station. There is no productive wastewater discharging into environment directly.

Waste acid liquid from pickling line (Wide & Heavy plate Workshops): the nitric acid and hydrofluoric acid is to be produced and discharged intermittently at fixed period, which will be treated together with acidic wastewater treatment system at a small flow rate; and there is acid wastewater produced and discharged continuously when flushing by water after pickling, the maximum discharge rate is 45 m3/h. The content of NO3 - in waste acid liquid is 7~8% , and Cr3+ is 3~4g/L; the pH value of waste acid liquid is 1-2 and the maximum concentration of Cr6+ is 50mg/L.

The neutralization process is to be adopted for treatment of waste acid, and the neutralizer is lime; the slimy mud and filtrate is to be treated by mud treatment system and acid waste liquid treatment system respectively. In acid environment, at first the Cr+6 in waste acid water will be reduced to Cr+3 by ferrous sulphate, and then will be sent to third neutralization tank, third sedimentation tank and primary coagulation tank for neutralizing, at last it will be treated by denitrification. After meeting the secondary standard of “Integrated Wastewater discharge Standard of Shanghai (DB31/133—1997)”, the treated water will be discharged into central




4-23

wastewater treatment station while not discharged into local water environment. The water consumption of the two Rolling Plants and rate of water for repeated use are shown in Table 4.5-1.

Fig 4.5-1 The water consumption of the two Rolling Plants and rate of water for repeated use

Construction

period

Total

consumption

Repeated

water

consumption

Volume of

supplemental

fresh water

Rate of water for

repeated use

Phase I 27,204 m3/h 26,774 m3/h 370 m3/h 98.4%

Phase II 57,676 m3/h 56,976 m3/h 700 m3/h 98.8%

4.5.1.4 Noise control

The volume of noise from equipment of rolling line, cutting line, finishing line and heat treatment line is approx. 95dB(A); and 90~95dB(A) for heating furnace, combustion fan and dilution fan of annealing furnace, and 95dB(A) for high-pressure water pump.

Fully closed plant with steel structure is to be provided for insulating sound from rolling line, cutting line, finishing line and heat treatment equipment. The combustion fan of heating furnace is to be provided with muffler, and will be mounted in fan room. The heat treatment furnace is to be mounted muffler and is to be provided with sound proof cover. The high-pressure water pump is to be placed in closed cellar. So it is anticipated that the volume of noise out of Plant can be less than 70~75dB(A).

4.5.1.5 Disposal of solid waste

The solid waste from the Workshop mainly comprises iron oxide scale, waste refractories and wastewater treatment mud etc.

Iron oxide scale and waster refractories: the treatment method is the same with said above.

Mud containing chromium: according to the results of leaching toxicity analysis about mud from stainless steel pickling acid wastewater at home, the concentration of nickel and fluorinion in mud is less than that of stipulated by “Identification standard for hazardous wastes (GB5085.1~3-1996)”, however the concentration of Cr6+ is unstable (some analysis data about its concentration exceed the stipulations in “Identification standard for hazardous wastes (GB5085.1~3-1996)” ), so it is suitable to list it as dangerous waste.

It is designed to treat these dangerous wastes by authorities who have the qualification to carry out. This kind of mud is mostly used for burned brick. By analysis of leaching toxicity, the concentration of heavy-metal ion is significantly lower than stipulations in “Identification standard for hazardous wastes (GB5085.1~3-1996)”, and also lower than the secondary standard of “Integrated Wastewater discharge Standard of Shanghai




4-24

(DB31/133—1997)”.

4.5.2 3500/2800mm hot rolling coil Workshop

4.5.2.1 Pollution sources and pollutants





4-25




4-26

The exhaust gas produced from the Workshop mainly comprises combustion fume from heating furnace and exhaust gas containing dust from grinding; the wastewater mainly comprises hot clean circulating wastewater and turbid circulating wastewater.

4.5.2.2 Control measures of exhaust gas

Combustion gas: gas (the concentration of H2S is 70~100ppm ) from ironmaking system is took as the fuel for heating furnace and coiler furnace. The main exhaust gas produced is combustion gas, in which the main pollutant is NOx whose concentration is less than 200~240 mg/Nm3, the next is SO2 and the concentration is less than 80~100mg/Nm3. the height of stack is 80m.

The fume flow of walking-type heating furnace is 150,000Nm3/h, the maximum emission rate of NOx and SO2 is 36.0kg/h and 14.3kg/h respectively, and the height of stack is 80m.The total fume flow of two sets of coiler furnace is 60,000Nm3/h, one stack with height of 40m is provided for them. The maximum emission rate of NOx and SO2 is 12.0kg/h and 4.8kg/h.

Exhaust gas containing dust: the control method for exhaust gas containing dust by roughing mill is the same with that of heavy plate Workshop, wet-type dustlaying is adopted.

4.5.2.3 Wastewater treatment (combining with Heavy Plate Workshop)

Combined with Heavy Plate Workshop.

4.5.2.4 Noise control

The volume of noise from equipment of rolling line, cutting line, finishing line and heat treatment line is approx. 95dB(A); and 90~95dB(A) for heating furnace, combustion fan and dilution fan of annealing furnace, and 95dB(A) for high-pressure water pump. The noise control measures are the same as “Heavy Plate Workshop”, i.e. fully closed plant with steel structure is to be provided for insulating sound from rolling line, cutting line, finishing line and heat treatment equipment. The combustion fan of heating furnace is to be provided with muffler, and will be mounted in fan room. The heat treatment furnace is to be mounted muffler and is to be provided with sound proof cover. The high-pressure water pump is to be placed in closed cellar. So it is anticipated that the volume of noise out of Plant can be less than 70~75dB (A).

4.5.2.5 Disposal of solid waste

The solid waster from the Workshop mainly comprises iron oxide scale and waste refractories etc., which will be treated in the same way with that of “Heavy Plate Workshop”.




4-27

4.6 Lime Workshop


Production process flow diagram and materials balance diagram is shown in Fig 4.6-1.

Fig 4.6-1 Production process flow diagram and material balance diagram for Lime Workshop

The Workshop comprises screening system for storage and transport of raw material, shaft furnace calcinations system and, storage, transportation and process system for finished products etc.. Limestone dust will be produced from raw material system, fume containing dust will be produced from shaft furnace calcinations system and lime dust will be produced from the storage, transport and processing system of finished products.




4-28


(1) Exhaust gas

Bag filter is to be provided for purifying the exhaust gas containing dust from storage, transportation and screening of raw material, the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%; and the air flow is 150,000m3/h; after purifying, the concentration of dust in exhaust gas is less than 35mg/Nm3, and the maximum emission rate is less than 4.8kg/h, the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.

Bag filter is to be provided for purifying the exhaust gas containing dust from shaft furnace calcinations system, the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%; and the air flow is 100,000 m3/h; after purifying, the concentration of dust in exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, and the maximum emission rate is less than 3.5kg/h, the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.The fuel for shaft furnace is Corex gas, and the fume from calcination contains SO2 and NOx, whose emission concentration is 65mg/Nm3 and 240mg/Nm3 respectively, and the maximum emission rate is 6.5 kg/h and 24 kg/h respectively. The height of exhaust funnel is 25m.

Bag filter is to be provided for purifying the exhaust gas containing dust from storage, transportation and processing of finished products, the dedusting efficiency can reach 99%; and the air flow is 150,000m3/h, the concentration of dust in exhaust gas is less than 35 mg/Nm3, and the maximum emission rate is less than 4.4kg/h, the height of exhaust funnel is 25m.

(2) Wastewater

The total water consumption of the Workshop is 250m3/h, the maximum and the average amount of makeup water is 25m3/h and 8m3/h respectively. The circulating rate is 97%. Small amount of clean wastewater and waste rinsing water for floor will be drained into central wastewater treatment station while not discharged into local water environment directly.

(3) Noise

The noise is mainly from raw material crusher, vibrating screen and fan. For the former two, the sound insulation measures can be adopted and for the later, a muffler is mounted.

4.7 CCPP generating units


The pollutants from CCPP combustion gas generating unit are mainly combustion fume, equipment noise, cooling water and exhaust heat boiler wastewater.


(1) Combustion fume

The fuel for CCPP generating units is Corex gas (heat value: 876~2,016kCal/Nm3)




4-29

from ironmaking system. The gas consumption for Phase I is 250,000 Nm3/h and, 390,000-400,000 Nm3/h for Phase II.

According to the documentation supplied by VAI, the compositions of output gas comprise: CO 42.0~45.2%, CO2 30.0~32.3%, H2 17.0~18.3%, CH4 2.0~2.2%, H2O and argon gas 2.0~2.2%, the concentration of H2S is less than 100ppm(30~100ppm) and the concentration of dust is less than 1mg/Nm3 (after purifying).

Combustion gas will be produced during the operation of CCPP. The average fume flow for Phase I (two sets of units)is 805,000 Nm3/h, the main pollutants are mainly NOx and SO2, whose emission concentration is less than 80 mg/Nm3

and 65 mg/Nm3 respectively and the total emission rate is less than 64.4kg/h and 52.3kg/h respectively. The fume flow for Phase II (three sets of unit) is 1584,000 Nm3/h, the total emission rate of NOx and SO2 is less than 126.7kg/h and 103.0kg/h respectively.

Each set of CCPP generating unit is to be provided with one stack with height of 60m; the emission rate of NOx and SO2 for single stack is 42.2kg/h and 34.3kg/h respectively.

(2) Wastewater

The further purifying of gas is completed by wet electrical precipitators, and the water reuse consumption is 60m3/h. During purifying, only a little amount of drainage is discharged into Corex Workshop to be utilized as granulation of slag.

By the flooding condensation of turbo generator and cooled directly by Yangtze River water, and the waste water is directly discharged; the volume of discharged water in Phase I is 23,400m3/h and in Phase II is 41,800m3/h; the quality of discharged water is unchanged, however the temperature of discharged water rises about 7°C compared to incoming water.

There is some wastewater produced in operation of exhaust heat boiler. The emission capacity of wastewater for each set of generating unit is 2.0m3/h, annual producing capacity of wastewater is 15,000 m3 and the total producing capacity of wastewater for three sets of generating unit is 45,000m3; it is designed to discharge these wastewater into ironmaking system to be used as slag water or into central wastewater treatment station to be used as recycled water.

(3) Noise

The main noise sources are combustion turbine unit (includes gas compressor), turbo generator, steam discharge port and, temperature and pressure reduction unit.

Noise enclosure is designed to be provided with combustion turbine unit (includes gas compressor). The steam turbine generator is to be provided with noise enclosure and Plant buildings. A muffler is to be provided with steam discharge port and, stream temperature and pressure reduction unit.




4-30

4.8 Oxygen station


The pollutants from oxygen station mainly comprise equipment noise and cooling wastewater.


(1) Noise

The noise of equipment mainly comes from electromagnetic noise of power machinery such as air compressor, gas compressor and expander etc., and from dispersing of gas and turbulence of liquid in tube as well as vibration of tube wall, the noise level from gas compressor can reach 100~110 dB.

Compressor: by noise enclosure or factory building of compressor to block up the noise from power machinery and electromagnetic noise, the noise level is less than 85 dB at the distance of about 1m away from noise enclosure or factory building.

Dispersing of pressure gas: by adopting muffler or silence pit, the noise level can be reduced below 105 dB.

The noise from vibration of tube: packing with sound insulation material.

(2) Wastewater

The wastewater mainly is cooling water produced by air compressor, product gas compressor and expander, pre-cooling system etc. These cooling water can be reused after cooled, a small amount is discharged into central wastewater treatment station or circulating water system of adjacent workshop, while not discharged into water body directly.

4.9 Air compressing station


The pollution sources and pollutants from air compressor station are basically same with that of oxygen station, and mainly comprise equipment noise and cooling wastewater.


(1) Noise

The noise mainly comes from centrifugal-type air compressor, whose proper noise can reach 120~130dB (A).

First, the air compressor proper is provided with high-quality cabinet and




4-31

tube-type muffler, which can reduce the noise at the distance of 1m away from air compressor to below 85dB(A);second, the air compressor station is provided with soundproof door, wall and sound absorbing material, which can reduce the noise out of air compressor station to 70dB(A).

(2) Wastewater

Mainly is cooling water from compressor and motor, which can be recycled after cooling treatment. Only a small amount is discharged into central wastewater treatment station or circulating water system of adjacent workshop, while not discharged into water body directly.

4.10 Central wastewater treatment station

According to stipulations of “SEBU management document No.[2004]380: Reply of implementation standards on environmental impact assessment for project to be relocated to Luojing by PuSteel of Baosteel” of Shanghai Environment Protection Bureau, the discharged wastewater shall meet the primary standards of “Integrated Wastewater discharge Standard of Shanghai (DB31/199-1997)”, so a new central wastewater treatment station is to be built for this purpose. The wastewater treated by production shop and met the secondary standards of “Integrated Wastewater discharge Standard of Shanghai” is sent to central wastewater treatment station for further treatment, after that, most part of wastewater which has met the primary standard can be reused, only a small part is discharged into Yangtze River through the discharge pipeline of Shidongkou wastewater treatment plant. The total volume of wastewater discharged into central wastewater treatment station is 940m3/h (638m3/h for Phase I), the designed treatment capacity of station is determined to be 25,000m3/h temporarily; most of the treated wastewater can be reused for production, a small part is discharged after meeting standards; the discharge water volume in Phase I is 253m3/h, and 260m3/h in Phase II.

The volume and quality of wastewater discharged into central wastewater station is shown in Table 4.10-1.

Table 4.10-1 the volume and quality of wastewater discharged into central wastewater station Unit: m3/h

No. Production

system Phase I Phase II Requirements on quality of wastewater

1 Stock yard 50 100 The concentration of SS shall lower than DB31/199 secondary

standard.

2

Steelmaking

continuous

casting

220 250 The concentration of SS and COD shall lower than DB31/199

secondary standard.

3 Steel rolling

system 180 340

The concentration of COD, petroleum oil and Cr+6 shall lower

than DB31/199 secondary standard.

4 Utilities 118 160 The concentration of COD and petroleum oil shall lower than

DB31/199 secondary standard.

5 Other 70 90 The concentration of SS, COD and petroleum oil shall lower




4-32

wastewater than DB31/199 secondary standard.

6

Wastewater

from this

station

15 20 The concentration of each pollutant shall lower than DB31/199

secondary standard.

Total 653 960 The concentration of each pollutant shall lower than DB31/199

secondary standard.

Volume of reused

water 420 700

The concentration of each pollutant shall lower than DB31/199

primary standard.

Volume of

discharged water 253 260

The concentration of each pollutant shall lower than DB31/199

primary standard.

The project is only for proposal at present (pre-feasibility study). The process program for central wastewater treatment station can adopt process of “high-density clarification tank-V type filter tank” (see Fig 4.10-1) or process of “oil removing sedimentation, cavitation air flotation and filter of fluidized bed” (see Fig 4.10-2) initially, which can be determined in the next design phase.

It requires in the design that the quality of wastewater discharged into central wastewater treatment station from every workshop shall meet secondary standard of “Integrated Wastewater discharge Standard of Shanghai”. After treated by central wastewater treatment station, it is to be guaranteed that the quality of wastewater can meet primary standard of “Integrated Wastewater discharge Standard of Shanghai”, which will be put into practice in the next design phase.

Fig 4.10-1 The process of high-density clarification tank-V type filter pool




4-33

Fig 4.10-2 Process of oil removing sedimentation, cavitation air flotation and filter of fluidized bed

4.11 Main material balance and water balance

4.11.1 Material balance from main production shop

(1) Corex Iron making Workshop

Fig 4.11-1 Raw material balance of Corex ironmaking workshop (2) Shaft furnace ironmaking workshop




4-34

Fig 4.11-2 Raw material balance of shaft furnace ironmaking workshop

(3) Steel making workshop

Fig 4.11-3 Material balance of steelmaking workshop (ten thousands tons per annum)

(4) Continuous casting workshop




4-35

Fig 4.11-4 Metal balance diagram of 250mm slab CCM

Fig 4.11-5 Metal balance diagram of 400mm heavy slab CCM

(5) 4200mm wide & heavy plate workshop




4-36

The metal balance sheet of 4200 wide & heavy plate rolling mill is shown is Table 4.11-1.

Table 4.11-1 Metal balance of 200 wide & heavy plate rolling mill system

Burning loss Damage and misroll No.

Grades Annual output

x104t/a Continuous casting billet

10 4t/a Yield

% 10 4t/a % 10 4t/a %

1 Special plate 72.5 79.7 91.0 0.8 1.0 6.4 8.0

2 Structure plate 30.0 32.3 92.8 0.3 1.0 2.0 6.0

3 Ship building plate 50.0 54.8 91.2 0.5 1.0 4.3 7.8

4 Boiler, vessel plate 7.5 8.2 91.4 0.1 1.0 0.6 7.6

Total 160.0 175.0 91.4 1.7 1.0 13.3 7.6

(6) 1470mm coil workshop

Table 4.11-2 Metal balance of 3500/2800 steckel mill system (ten thousands tons per annum)

No. Grades Casting

billet Finished products

Yield Damage

and misroll

Loss rate

Burning loss

Rate of burning

loss

1 Hot

rolling plate

328,600 300,000 91.3% 25,314 6.7% 3,286 1.0%

2 Hot

rolling coil

114,600 1,100,000 96.0% 34,540 3.0% 11,460 1.0%

Total 1,474,600 1,400,000 95.0% 59,854 4.0% 14,746 1.0%




4-37

4.11.2 Water balance of the whole plant

Fig 4.11-6 Water balance diagram of the whole plant in the Phase I




4-38

Fig 4.11-7 Water balance diagram of the whole plant in Phase II




4-39

4.11.3 Gas balance of the whole plant

Table 4.11-3(1) Gas balance sheet (Plan in Phase I: 1×C3000+1×BOF+1×EAF+2×125MWCCPP)

Average working time

Average calendar time

Capacity Heat value of gas

Working time

COREX gas

Converter gas

Natural gas

COREX gas

Converter gas

Natural gas

No. Project

(Ten thousands tons per annum) (kJ/Nm3) (h) (Nm3/h) (Nm3/h)

Generated

1 1×C3000 150 8151 8400 307857 29520

5

2 1×150tBOF 118.4 7524 7140 14926 12166

Used for

1 1×C3000 150 7842 8400 6250 5993

2 1×150tBOF 118.4 7524 7200 2631 2163

3 1×100tEAF 77.3 7524 7200 1289 1059

4 Slab CCM 190 7842/33440 7140 1064 266 867 217

5 Wide & heavy plate rolling mill 160 7842/33

440 6500 121814 1625 90387 1205

6 2×300t/d active limekiln 9.8 8151 8400 6058 5809

7 Loss and others 1220 112 1170 91

8 Total 136406 4032 1891 10422

7 3313 1422

Redundant gas 171451 10894 19097

9 8853

Gas for power generation of 2×125MWCCPP

Nm3/h 199831

Natural gas consumption per year

(Ten thousands Nm3) 1246

Table 4.11-3(2) Gas balance sheet (Plan in Phase II: 2×C3000+1×direct reduction shaft furnace+2×BOF+1×EAF+3×125MWCCPP)

Average working time Average calendar time

Capacity

Unit consumptio

n

Heat value of gas

Working time

COREX

gas

Shaft furnace gas

Converter gas

VPSA tail gas

Natural gas

COREX

gas

Shaft furnace gas

Converter gas

VPSA tail gas

Natural gas No. Project

(Ten thousands tons per annum)

(m3/t) (kJ/m3

) (h) (m3/h) (m3/h)

Generated

1 2×C3000 300 8151 8400

615714 590

411

2 1Xdirect reduction unit 90 7590 840

0 193821 18585

6




4-40

3 VPSA 118835 1139

51

4 2×BOF 268.2 7524 7140 3193

0 26025

5 Total 960300 916243

Used for

1 2×C3000 300 7842 8400

7143 684

9

2 1Xdirect reduction shaft furnace

90 7842 8400

314143 301

233

3 1Xdirect reduction shaft furnace

90 7842 8400

18129 173

84

4 2×150tBOF+1×100tEAF 346 7524 720

0 14397 1183

3

5 Slab CCM 335 7.6/0.5

7842/33440

7140

3568 235 290

8 302

6 Wide & heavy plate rolling mill

180 260.87/6.6

7842/33440

6500

121814 182

8 90387 213

9

7 Steckel mill 140 8151 7000

98974 790

89

8 2×300t/d active limekiln

17.3 8151 8400

11055 106

01

9 Loss and others 122

0 1430 239 1170 1371 195

Total 576045 1430 1463

7 2062

509620 1371 1202

8 2441

Redundant gas 396

69 192391

17293 807

91 298436

13997

Gas for power generation of 3×125MWCCPP

m3/h 393223

Natural gas consumption per year

(Ten thousands m3)

2138

4.11.4 Steam balance sheet of the whole plant

Table 4.11-4 Balance sheet for supply and consumption of steam

Volume of steam (t/h) No. Name

Pressure MPa Average Max.

Remarks

I. Supply volume 1 Converter exhaust-heat boiler 3.8 ~30 Discontinuity

2 4200 wide & heavy plate hot rolling (steam-cooled)

1.57 ~46 Continuity

Total 76

II. Consumption 1 RH process 1.0~1.3 22 Discontinuity




4-41

2 VD process 20 Discontinuity 3 Steel making ~0.4 1 Continuity 4 4200 wide & heavy plate 0.4~0.7 1.7 Discontinuity 5 Oxygen station ~0.4 1 Discontinuity

6 Evaporative cooling self-consumed steam

~0.4 16 Continuity

7 Iron making ~0.4 6 Discontinuity

8 Domestic steam ~0.4 6 Continuity

Total 73.7

From the table we can see that the production capacity of steam in the newly built engineering is 76t/h, and the consumption is 73.7t/h. the supply and consumption basically balances.

Although the supply and consumption keeps balance basically, the time does not match. So a new steam thermal station is to be built.




4-42

4.11.5 Sulphur balance of the whole plant

(1) Sulphur balance sheet

Fig 4.11-9 Sulfur balance in the second step




4-43

(2) Calculation about sulphur balance

Table 4.11-5 The result of sulphur balance calculation

Unit consumption of material Total consumption of material Converting into total sulphur

Unit

Unit consumpti

on Unit Phase

I Phase

II Unit Phase I Phase II

Corex input 9193.5 18387.0

Coal kg/t 900 Ten thousands tons per annum 135.0 270.0 0.6 8100.0 16200.0

Nut coke kg/t 100 Ten thousands tons per annum 15.0 30.0 0.52 780.0 1560.0

Lump ore kg/t 596 Ten thousands tons per annum 89.4 178.0 0.01

4 125.2 250.3

Fine ore kg/t 149 Ten thousands tons per annum 22.4 44.7 0.01

4 31.3 62.6

Pellet for blast

furnace kg/t 745

Ten thousands tons per annum 111.8 223.5 0.00

6 67.1 134.1

Limestone kg/t 80 Ten thousands tons per annum 12.0 24.0 0.01 12.0 24.0

Dolomite kg/t 160 Ten thousands tons per annum 24.0 48.0 0.03 72.0 144.0

Silica kg/t 20 Ten thousands tons per annum 3.0 6.0 0.02 6.0 12.0

Reduction shaft furnace input

Lump ore kg/t 745 Ten thousands tons per annum 67.05 0.01

4 93.9

Pellet for shaft

furnace kg/t 745 Ten thousands

tons per annum 67.05 0.006 40.2

Total 18521.1 Output 9193.5 18520.9

Molten iron Ten thousands tons per annum 150 300 0.04 600.0 1200.0

Water slag Ten thousands tons per annum 49.4 98.8 0.163 8041.1 16082.3

Gas mud 3 6 0.595 205.8 411.5 DRI 0.018 160.6

Transferred into gas 346.6 666.7

Note: the data in the table and “sulphure output” of “balance sheet” is based on average value of measured data in long-term investigation by ISCOR and Saldanha of South Africa and POSCO of Korea, and the data from direct reduction workshop is based on the measured value about Midrex shaft furnace of ISCOR of South Africa which has been put into operation.




4-44

4.11.6 F balance of smelting system

Fluorite consumption：hot metal desulphurization 0.7kg/t (molten iron), converter 5.0kg/t (molten steel), EAF 2.0kg/t (molten iron), LF 1.0kg/t (molten iron); the total consumption in Phase I is 12,369t/a, in Phase II is 22,419t/a.The content of CaF2 in fluorite is 88%, and if converted into F, 5302.84 t/a for Phase I and 9611.41t/a for Phase II., .

4.12 Total discharge amount of pollutants

4.12.1 Air pollutants

Summary of control measures on main exhaust gas and discharge amount of pollutants is shown from table 4.12-1 to 4.12-5.

Table 4.12-1 The main air pollutant and control measures




4-45

process sources pollutants Control measurements

Stock yard

Raw material storage area, breaking and screening of raw material, transport of material etc.

Dust Spray water and dedust by bag filter, the emission concentration shall meet the standard

Screening, transport and drying of raw material system

Dust Bag filter, emission concentration <35mg/Nm3

Material loading from top of furnace


Casthouse Fume and dust

Bag filter, emission concentration <35mg/Nm3

Corex furnace

Corex furnace CO, dust etc

Purify gas by wet-type cleaning and then used as fuel

Transport of ore storage tank


Tapping Dust Bag filter, emission concentration <35mg/Nm3

Material loading from top of furnace


Midrex shaft furnace

MIDREX furnace CO, dust etc

Purify gas by wet-type cleaning and then used as fuel

Pre-treatment of molten iron

Desulfurization and skim

Fume and dust


Fume and dust 150t

converter Smelting and material loading system Fume

and dust

Bag filter, emission concentration <35mg/Nm3 Purify the converter gas and then recycle as fuel

Fume and dust

100t EAF Smelting and material loading system Fume

and dust


Fume and dust Refining

system Smelting and material loading system Fume

and dust


Continuous casting system

Repairing and dumping of intermediate tank


Heating furnace NOx and SO2

By combustion of low NOx

Rolling mill Fume and dust


Wide & heavy plate rolling mill and Steckel mill

Stainless steel medium & heavy pickling

F, NOx (acid mist)

By secondary purification of spray and scrubbing tower and ammonia catalytic reduction, the emission concentration of F and NOx is less than 9mg/Nm3 and 240mg/Nm3 respectively

Material loading Raw




4-46




4-47

Table 4.12-2 Statistics for emission of air pollutants: emission rate Unit: kg/h

Phase I Phase II No. Pollution source

Dust SO2 NOx F Dust SO2 NOx F I Stock yard 1 Transport of feeding 19.1 38.2 II Lime workshop 2 Purification of shaft

furnace fume 3.5 6.5 24.0 3.5 6.5 24.0

3 Screening for storage and transport of raw material

4.8 4.8

4 Storage , transport and processing of finished products

4.4 4.4

III Corex ironmaking 5 Screening of ore 1.3 2.5 6 Screening of coal 1.3 2.5 7 Coal drying 7.5 22.5 15.0 45.0 8 Coal bunker 1.6 3.2 9 Ore storage tank

system 2.2 4.5

10 Coal chute system 1.6 3.2 11 Top charging 1.0 1.9 12 Briquetting of coal

dust 3.2 6.4

13 Casthouse 35.0 70.0 14 Pig casting machine 4.4 4.4 III Ironmaking by shaft

furnace

15 Storage bin and feeding

3.2

16 Heating of reducing gas

5.5 11.0

17 Top furnace charging

1.3

18 Storage and transport of DRI

3.2

IV Steel making




4-48


Dust SO2 NOx F Dust SO2 NOx F 19 Molten iron

desulfurization and dedusting

10.9 0.05 21.9 0.10

20 Converter OG dedusting

4.6 0.18 9.2 0.35

21 Secondary dedusting of converter

17.5 0.06 35.0 0.12

22 EAF dedusting 35.0 12.0 0.11 35.0 12.0 0.11 23 Dedusting of

continuous casting tundish

1.2 2.3

24 Dedusting of molten iron dumping station

10.9 21.9

25 Dedusting of continuous casting tundish

1.2 2.3

26 Auxiliary materials underground storage bin

1.9 3.8

27 Ferroalloy underground storage bin

1.9 3.8

V Steel rolling 28 Heavy plate shot

blasting 0.7 0.7

29 Pusher-type heating furnace

5.2 13.1 5.2 13.1

30 Walking heating furnace

15.2 38.4 15.2 38.4

31 External mechanical furnace

5.0 14.9 5.0 14.9

32 Car bottom heating furnace

2.5 3.1 5.0 6.2

33 1#roller bottom furnace (NG)

0.3 4.0 0.3 4.0

34 2# radiation tube roller hearth

3.7 4.1 3.7 4.1

35 1.36kg radiation tube roller hearth

3.7 4.1




4-49


Dust SO2 NOx F Dust SO2 NOx F 36 Double walking

beam furnace 1.4 3.7 1.4 3.7

37 Double walking beam furnace

1.4 3.7

38 Coil heating furnace 14.3 36.0 39 Stainless steel

pickling 6.0 0.21 6.0 0.21

40 Coiler furnace (two sets)

4.8 12.0

VI Self-supplied power plant

41 CCPP 52.3 64.4 103.0 126.7 VII Unorganized

emission

42 Stock yard 45 65 43 Ironmaking system 20 45 44 Steelmaking system 25 0.6 4.0 35 1.1 9.1 45 Steel rolling system 0.2 3.6 0.2 4.2 46 Slag system 8 12




4-50

Table 4.12-3 Statistics for emission of air pollutants: emission amount Unit: t/a

No. Pollution source Phase I Phase II Dust SO2 NOx F Dust SO2 NOx F I Stock yard 1 Transport of feeding 103.1 206.2 Subtotal 103.1 206.2 II Lime workshop

2 Purification of shaft furnace fume

16.3 50.2

201.6 16.3 50.2 201.6

3 Screening for storage and transport of raw material

22.2 22.2

4 Storage , transport and processing of finished products

20.3 20.3

Subtotal 52.6 52.6 III Corex ironmaking 5 Screening of ore 7.6 15.3 6 Screening of coal 7.6 15.3

7 Coal drying

58.0

189.0 115.9 378.0

8 Coal bunker 9.5 19.1

9 Ore storage tank system

13.4 26.7

10 Coal chute system 9.5 19.1 11 Top charging 5.7 11.5

12 Briquetting of coal dust

19.1 38.2

13 Casthouse 189.0 378.0 14 Pig casting machine 0.5 0.9

Subtotal

262.0 58.0

189.0 524.0 115.9 378.0

III Ironmaking by shaft furnace

15 Storage bin and feeding

19.1

16 Heating of reducing gas

42.5 92.4

17 Top furnace charging 7.6

18 Storage and transport of DRI

19.1




4-51

No. Pollution source Phase I Phase II Dust SO2 NOx F Dust SO2 NOx F Subtotal 45.8 42.5 92.4

IV Steel making

19 Molten iron desulfurization and dedusting

56.3 0.27 112.5 0.54

20 Converter OG dedusting

33.0 0.97 66.0 1.93

21 Secondary dedusting of converter

81.0 0.39 162.0 0.77

22 EAF dedusting 162.0 86.4 0.60 162.0 86.4 0.60


7.5 12.0

24 Dedusting of molten iron dumping station

56.3 112.5


6.0 12.0

26 Auxiliary materials underground storage bin

9.8 19.6

27 Ferroalloy underground storage bin

9.8 19.6

Subtotal 421.6 86.4 2.22 678.3 86.4 3.84 V Steel rolling

28 Heavy plate shot blasting

2.4 2.4

29 Pusher-type heating furnace

31.0

85.1 31.0 85.1

30 Walking heating furnace

90.9

249.6 90.9 249.6

31 External mechanical furnace

29.7

96.7 29.7 96.7

32 Car bottom heating furnace

14.8

20.2 29.7 40.3

33 1#roller bottom furnace (NG)

2.1 25.9 2.1 25.9

34 2# radiation tube roller hearth

22.1

26.7 22.1 26.7




4-52

No. Pollution source Phase I Phase II Dust SO2 NOx F Dust SO2 NOx F

35 1.36kg radiation tube roller hearth

22.1 26.7


8.3 24.1 8.3 24.1


8.3 24.1

38 Coil heating furnace 91.8 252.0 39 Stainless steel pickling 39.0 1.33 39.0 1.33

40 Coiler furnace (two sets)

30.9 84.0

Subtotal

2.4 198.8

567.1 1.33 2.4 366.5 974.0 1.33

VI Self-supplied power plant

41 CCPP

385.1

515.2 757.8 1013.8

Subtotal

385.1

515.2 757.8 1013.8

Organized total

841.7 692.1

1559.4 3.55 1509.3 1332.

9 2746.2 5.17

VII Unorganized emission 42 Stock yard 135 200 43 Ironmaking system 60 140 44 Steelmaking system 75 3.8 35.7 110 7.0 64.8 45 Steel rolling system 1136.7 1.2 23.4 35 1.5 27.3 46 Slag system 25 Subtotal 295 5.0 59.1 485 8.5 92.1

Total

1136.7 697.1

1618.5 3.55 1994.3 1341.

4 2838.3 5.17




4-53

Table 4.12-4 Output and reductions of air pollutants (Phase I) Unit: t/a

No. Pollution source

Output Reductions

Dust SO2 NOx F Dust SO2 NOx F 1 Stock yard 12887 12784

2 Lime workshop

6575 50.2 201.6 6522

3 Corex ironmaking

32750 58.0 189.0 32488

4 Steel making 52700 86.4 159.08 52278 156.86 5 Steel rolling 300 198.8 797.1 55.55 298 230 54.22

6 Self-supplied power plant

385.1 515.2

Total 105212 692.1 1789.3 214.63 104370 211.08

Table 4.12-5 Output and reductions of air pollutants (Phase II) Unit: t/a

No. Pollution source

Output Reductions

Dust SO2 NOx F Dust SO2 NOx F 1 Stock yard 19881 19675

2 Lime workshop

6575 50.2 201.6 6522

3 Corex ironmaking

65500 115.9 378.0 64976

4 Ironmaking by shaft furnace

5089 42.5 92.4 5043

5 Steel making 75337 86.4 288.34 74659 284.57 6 Steel rolling 370 366.5 1204 55.55 367 230 54.22

7 Self-supplied power plant

757.8 1013.8

Total 172752 1341.4 2976.2 343.89 171242 230 338.79

4.12.2 Water pollutants

Summary of wastewater treatment measures and discharge amount of water pollutant are shown in table 4.12-6 and table 4.12-7.




4-54

Table 4.12-6 Statistics for discharge amount of water pollutants

Phase I Phase II Unit

Steel capacity 206.3 345.5 Ten thousands tons per annum

Fresh water consumption for ton steel 5.92 5.67 m3/t Total fresh water consumption 1221.30 1958.99 Ten thousands m3/a Discharge amount of wastewater per ton steel 0.94 0.58 m3/t Total amount of discharged wastewater 193.92 200.39 Ten thousands m3/a SS 135.75 140.27 t/a COD 135.75 140.27 t/a Petroleum oil 9.70 10.02 t/a Fluoride(F) 2.00 1.49 t/a Cr+6 0.050 0.037 t/a T-Ni 0.100 0.075 t/a T-Cr 0.150 0.112 t/a Warm discharging water 18720 33440 Ten thousands m3/a

Calculation instructions: the emission concentration of SS, COD, petroleum oil and fluoride in general discharge port is 70mg/L, 80mg/L, 5mg/L and 1mg/L respectively (the emission concentration of F in Phase II is 0.75mg/L); the emission concentration of Cr+6, T-Ni and T-Cr in discharge port of workshop is 0.5mg/L, 1.0mg/L and 1.5mg/L respectively, and in general discharge port is 0.026mg/L, 0.052mg/L and 0.08mg/L respectively for Phase I, and 0.019mg/L, 0.037mg/L and 0.056mg/L for Phase II. The water reusing rate of central wastewater treatment station is 65.8% in Phase I, and 74.5% in Phase II.

The total amount of domestic water is approx. 1,000m3/d, and the amount of sewage discharged is 900m3/d, which will be sent to Shidongkou sewage-treatment plant by sanitary pipe of plant area for treating up to standard to discharge, the discharge amount of pollutants has not been counted into total discharge amount of the plant.




4-55

Table 4.12-7 The main wastewater and control measures

Facilities name Category of wastewater

Main pollutants

Initial plans for controlling pollution

Indirect cooling water Temperature raises

Cooling and then recycle

Gas scrubbing wastewater

SS etc. Sedimentating and cooling, and then recycling; small amount of water is drained into slag water system.

Corex furnace

Rushing slag system SS etc. Sedimentating and recycling Indirect cooling water Temperature

raises Cooling and then recycling

Reduction shaft furnace Gas scrubbing

wastewater SS Sedimentating and cooling

and then recycling Indirect cooling water Temperature


Converter, EAF, LF, COD, AOD

and RH Turbid wastewater SS Filtering, cooling and then recycle

Indirect cooling water Temperature raises

Cooling and then recycling

CCM Turbid wastewater SS and

petroleum oil Sedimentating , deoiling, cooling and then recycling

Indirect cooling water Temperature


Turbid wastewater SS and

petroleum oil Sedimentating , deoiling, cooling and then recycling

Mixed acid wastewater Cr+6、Ni+2、F-

Neutralize the sedimentation after reduction, and then catty out Gore-filter

Wide & heavy plate and

steckel mill

Mixed waste acid Recycling after condensing

Wastewater drained by production system of the whole plant

Treated by central wastewater treatment station and then 2/3 is reused, the 1/3 is discharged

Sewage from the whole plant

SS, COD,

BOD, NH3-N, animal and vegetable oils

Bring under municipality waste water pipe, send to Shidongkou wastewater treatment plant to treat and drain after meets standards




4-56

4.12.3 Solid waste

The output of solid waster and its comprehensive utilization methods are shown in Table 4.12-8.

Table 4.12-8 The output of solid waster and its comprehensive utilization methods

Output (ten thousands per annum)

No.

Name of solid waste Phase I Phase II

Comprehensive utilization methods

1 Corex furnace slag 49.4 98.8 Utilized as building raw materials

2

Slag Of which: converter system EAF system

21.0 13.3 7.7

34.5 26.6 7.7

Recycled as building raw material

3 Hot metal

desulphurizing slag 0.75 1.5

Utilized as building raw materials

4 Iron oxide scale 2.2 4.33 Utilized as raw materials of steelmaking

5

Dust & mud containing iron and

precipitator dust

9.5 15.3

Utilized as raw materials of pellet

6 Waste oil 0.02 0.03 Disposed by qualified Company

7 Waste refractories 1.9 3.1

Stacked temporarily or used for road construction, pit filling etc. ; waste refractories can be used as chamotte after breaking.

8

Mud treatment by waste water

(drying) Of which: mud

containing chromium

0.78 0.2

1.16 0.2

Used for brick making etc. Mud containing chromium shall be disposed by qualified company

4.12.4 Noise

The noise sources list in the engineering is shown in Table 4.12-9.




4-57

Table 4.12-9 The main noise sources of Pusteel

No. Workshop Process Strength of noise Production area 80~85dB(A) Main span 85~95dB(A) 1 Corex ironmaking Outside Workshop 70~75dB(A) Production area 80~85dB(A) Main span 85~95dB(A) 2 Midrex Outside Workshop 70~75dB(A) EAF 120dB(A)

3 Steelmaking continuous casting Workshop Fume discharge fan of dedusting

system 90~100dB(A)

Rolling line, cutting line, finishing line and heat treatment line

95dB(A)

Heating furnace, combustion fan of annealing furnace

90~95dB(A)

High-pressure water pump 95dB(A)

4 4200/4200mm heavy plate workshop

Noise outside plant 70~75dB(A) Rolling line, cutting line, finishing line and heat treatment line

95dB(A)

Heating furnace, combustion fan of annealing furnace

90~95dB(A)

High-pressure water pump 95dB(A)

5 3500/2800mm hot rolling coil Workshop

Noise outside plant 70~75dB(A) Raw material crusher 80~90dB(A) Vibrating screen 80~90dB(A) 6 Lime workshop Fans 85~95dB(A) Combustion turbine ~85dB(A) Steam discharge outlet ~85dB(A) 7 CCPP generating units Steam temperature and pressure reduction device

~85dB(A)

Air compressor 100~110dB(A) Gas compressor 100~110dB(A) Expander 90~95dB(A) 8 Oxygen station

Dispersing of pressure gas 95~105dB(A) Centrifuge air compressor 100~120dB(A) 9 Air compressor station Air compressor station ~85

10 Water plant Outside water pump house 75~85dB(A) Outside blower house 75~85dB(A) 11 Central wastewater

treatment station Outside wastewater pump house 70~75dB(A) 12 Stock yard 60dB(A)

13 Stockyard for scrap steel

60dB(A)




5-1

5 Clean production

5.1 General descriptions

Implementation of clean production is an important environmental protection strategy in China, an important means to enforce the control over the whole production processes, and to prevent the pollution as a whole, and realize the standardized emissions and the limitation of the total amount of the pollutants. By carrying out the approval of the clean production activities, it is possible for the company to attain the purposes of energy-saving, consumption reduction, pollution reduction and improvement of efficiency.

Now the management system of clean production is being developed and perfected on a step by step base. At present, the enterprises are beginning to put the clean production in a systemized track when it comes to the industry involved. On the one hand, the country has issued the statutory documents such as “Clean production Promotion Law of the People’s Republic of China”, “Technical Guidelines to Clean productions in National Key industries” and “Index of the Eliminated Technique, technology, products(Equipment) Outdated of high energy consumption ” etc.; On the other hand, the Metallurgical Clean Production Technical Center has formulated “Guidelines to the clean production by iron and steel businesses”, “Guidelines to the auditing of the clean production by iron and steel businesses”. The State Environmental Protection Administration also issued “Clean production Standard — Iron & Steel Industry (to be approved)”. All these serve to provide the technical support and means for the enterprises to implement the clean production. At the same time, the enterprises have realized that the energy conservation and consumption reduction as well as the implementation of clean production will have an important role in improving the quality of an enterprise and elevating its competitive edge. This greatly raised the corporate consciousness of carrying out the clean production thus heralding an entry to a new development stage in terms of the advancement of production and the prevention of the pollution in the iron and steel enterprises.

The iron-making process for this project is completely different from the traditional domestic process, and this belongs to the first non–traditional domestic iron-making technology. The section will focus on this iron making process section.




5-2

5.2 Advanced production process

The Corex iron making process was developed jointly by Linci of Austria, VAI and Korf Company in former West Germany in late 1970s, and it is a new iron making process which employs the iron ore and the non-coking raw coal as direct raw material to produce molten iron.

The process comprises the reduction shaft furnace (top) and the gasification smelting furnace (bottom). The shaft furnace on the upper part is used to reduce the iron ore into the sponge iron while the gasifier on the lower part is used to produce the highly qualified reducing gas and to heat, to reduce, and to melt the sponge iron that entered from the shaft furnace to form the molten iron. The coal lumps added from the vault of the gasifier are dried and deaerated at the temperature of 1100～1150℃, and forms “carbocoal” dynamic fixed-bed in the course of falling; Here the sponge iron coming from the shaft furnace is reduced and melted adequately at the temperature of 1600～1700℃ and the slag and iron are separated. The molten iron with the temperature of 1450～1500℃ and the slag will be discharged from the taphole located at the bottom of the gasifier. After the high-temperature reducing gas (its main component is CO and H2, 65～70% and 20～25% respectively) is discharged from the furnace from dry distillation and cracking of the coal, it will go into the shaft furnace again to heat and reduce the ore iron when being dedusted partially and cooled down to approx. 850℃. In the shaft furnace , the ore iron is heated and reduced to the sponge iron where the rate of metallization is 92～95% (for common blast furnace, the rate is 60～70%). At last the sponge iron is conveyed and thrown into the gasifier under by the screw conveyer. The advantages of the process are numerous compared with the traditional iron making process:

(1) The process separates the reduction from the smelting when two processes are carried out in the shaft furnace reactor and the gasifier reactor respectively. The smelting gasification furnace produces the iron and gas while the shaft furnace mounted on the top of the gasifier is used for reducing the ore.

The Corex gas passes the 1100～1150℃ high temperature zone of the vault of gasifier where the high molecular hydrocarbon of the gas is degraded into CO and H2. The percentage of CH4 in the crude gas is about 1% in content. This shows that the high molecular compounds are no longer contained in the gas such as the phenol, cyanogen, benzene and tar oil. Hence it is much easier to treat the gas scrubbing water, and there is no phenol or cyanogen compound left in the wastewater.




5-3

Compared with the traditional process, the consumption of the gas scrubbing water and the investment on the wastewater treatment can be greatly decreased.

(2) Most of sulphur is brought in by the coal. As the gasifier furnace features the reducing atmosphere, and when the gas in the gasifier goes through the reduction shaft furnace, most of the H2S in the gasifier gas will be removed by the material bed (the sponge iron and the slag former) so that the concentration of H2S is generally less than 70ppm in the gas, and about 95% of the whole sulphur is discharged into the slag and the gas mud in the form of CaS and MgS and etc. Compared with the traditional iron making process featuring “blast furnace, sintering and coking”, the emission amount (produced by the combustion of Corex gas as a fuel) of SO2 is reduced greatly. As the Corex device is always under a reducing atmosphere, the possibility of forming SO2, NH3 and Nox is minimized.

(3) Like the blast furnace system, lots of fume and dust is produced when the casthouse of the Corex device has the tapping process including tapping the slag, and tapping the blast furnace. Also the ore storage bin, coal storage bin, drying facilities of the loading system, and the both ends of the belt conveyor passage of the material conveying system, the points where the material is received and released, involve a great amount of dust equivalent to that produced by a single blast furnace; However, Corex system is free of the sintering and coking system, hence the total amount of the dust and fume produced is much less than that due to the traditional process featuring “blast furnace, sintering and coking”, and the amount of gaseous pollutants such as SO2 is much less than that produced due to the traditional process.

(4) All the traditional iron making processes consume a large amount of coking coal while the coking coal resources have been rather tight. At present, Corex iron making process is the only industrialized reduction iron–smeltering one to use non-coking coals as the reducer in the world. By the Corex iron making process, it can save about the coke of 400,000 tons per annum and coking coal of 500,000 tons per annum, so it is conducive to mitigating the tense situations in using the coking coal resources.

(5) In order to save energy resources, the blast furnace is required to now and then be blown with the coal fines , however the quality of the raw coal shall be high and the coal fines production system is necessary; The Corex iron making process demands the requirements that are not high for the quality where the lump coal with the granularity of 0～50mm can be used.




5-4

(6) The Corex iron making process uses the pure oxygen rather than air or oxygen-rich air, and meanwhile heating of oxygen is unnecessary, and no N2 enters into the smelting system. The component of “H2+CO” in the by-product gas produced in the course of the production is over 90%, and this belongs to a highly qualified gas fuel that can be of more efficient avail with the medium caloric value being about 8000 kJ/Nm3 much higher than that of the blast furnace gas.

(7) The sponge iron discharged from the shaft furnace to the gasifier smeltering furnace under can be sampled for analysis at random time, and this is useful for adjusting the furnace conditions and the composition of molten iron in a timely manner; The flux is added via the shaft furnace in most cases when the hardness of the slag can be adjusted quickly.

(8) Compared with the blast furnace, the Corex system is more convenient to start and stop its operation while the time for shutting the furnace down is only approx. 45 minutes. After the damping-down, it only takes 5 hours to restart the furnace by resuming the normal production level.

(9) The mineral powder collected by the hot-cyclone type dust collector is conveyed by the feedback system to the Corex furnace that is more adaptable to the raw material and fuel better than the blast furnace.

(10) The reducer used in the Midrex sponge iron production process is the Corex by-product gas that has removed of CO2, and that is the highly qualified Corex gas of more rational and efficient avail; The caloric value of Midrex by-product gas is close to that of the Corex by-product gas, and this is of lower content of SO2 belonging to a highly qualified clean gas fuel in term of its medium caloric value for more efficient and better use. Besides, it is free of the slag, the fume and SO2 due to the smelting process produced. This production process has filled the gap that the gas-base can be used to direct reduce the industrial iron in the production.

(11) The project is the first cleanest process using the non-coking coal to make iron in China. Its applications foresee a revolutionary reform in the traditional domestic iron making process featuring “blast furnace, sintering and coking” and will indeed contribute to a road to sustainable development of the domestic iron and steel industry.

5.3 Other main designed measures for clean production

(1) The incoming materials at the stock yard are all qualified raw and auxiliary




5-5

materials, and they are relatively in their sizes thus being useful for suppressing the flying dust in the yard; The stock yard is not provided with the processing facilities such as the crusher and screening device etc.. The amount of dust produced and discharged in the course of production is greatly decreased compared with the material site for the traditional iron making process.

(2) The tight bag type dust remover with high efficiency has been applied to the conveying system of the raw and auxiliary material and for the loading for the smelting workshop when the industrial dust produced in the course of production is controlled effectively.

(3) The Corex gas which has been removed of CO2 by VPSA serves as the reducer for Midrex shaft furnace in the production where there is no slag, fume and SO2 produced .The Midrex gas has become a clean fuel in terms of medium caloric value, and the VPSA gas has become, too when mixed with the Midrex furnace top gas it will be outsourced as the product gas.

(4) The medium caloric value gas as the by-products is utilized as the fuel for the heating furnace in the steel rolling system and they can be put into comprehensive use in full for the normal production processes. No fuel-type steam boiler is provided with the whole plant, and the steam used for both the production and non-production is generated and supplied by the gasification cooling device (or steam heat-recovery boiler).

(5) The bag type dust remover with high efficiency is used for all the processes involved in the crushing, loading and the discharging of the finished material in terms of the raw material system in the lime shop, ensuring the concentration of the dust discharged is kept under 30mg/Nm3.

(6) Hot metal desulphurization pre-treatment technology involves the smaller or less slag as well as slag splashing technology for protection the lining of the furnace. This is beneficial for saving energy resources, and increasing the production efficiency, and decreasing the production cost. The dust removal system with the bag type remover with high efficiency ensures the concentration of the dust emission under 30mg/Nm3.

(7) The converter is provided with the gasification cooling device, and steam produced will be supplied for the use by the whole plant. The steelmaking, continuous casting and hot rolling workshops are arranged as a combined pattern, and this is useful for shortening the technological flow and saving energy resources.




5-6

(8) The recycled converter gas is supplied for the use by the whole plant as a qualified gas fuel with the amount exceeding 100Nm3/t-s.

(9) The EAF fume is collected by means of combined use of the big enclosed hood and roof fume hood as well as through the forth hole discharges. The dedusting is carried out by high-efficiency bag type dust remover with which the emissions of the smoke and dust are lower in terms of the concentration.

(10) The 250mm CCM is the 1-mahchine 1-flow and the vertical-bending type and has been around from 1990s having the basic radius of 9.6m. The machine contributes to the floating of the inclusions in the molten steel within in the mechanism thus preventing the inclusive matters from segregating in inner arc side of the slab while the inner quality of the slab can be improved.

(11) There hasn’t been the vetran experience in the 400mm CCM in China. Also the world only has two such machines while one is the standing arc-type full coagulation bending straightening CCM from Dillinger, Germany, and the other is vertical CCM in Nagoya, Japan. This project includes the1-machine 1-flow standing arc-type full coagulation bending straightening CCM with the basic radius of 8.0m. This allows the inclusions in molten steel to float up as far as possible thus improving the internal quality of cast billet. Furthermore, It has higher availability and simpler operation than the vertical CCM.

(12) The crystallizer of the CCM involves the use of the granular protective slag which can help reduce the dust and improve the working environment in the workshop. The application of sequential casting technology can help improve the productivity and extend the service life of the intermediate tank, and also can help reduce consumption and the amount of the solid waste produced.

(13) The 4200 medium & heavy heating furnace and the 1470 steckel furnace involved the use of the gasification cooling system where the total amount of the steam produced is 61t/h and the pressure is 1.57Mpa. The steam produced will be heated before being delivered to the net for the use by the by the whole plant .

(14) The energy-saving thermal storage heating furnace is adopted by the steel rolling workshop that the exhaust temperature can be reduced to below 150℃ and the energy of 20-30% can be saved. The fuel for the heating furnace and the heat treatment furnace is the by-product gas from the iron making process. The energy-saving low NOx burner is adopted when the output of NOx can be reduced by 30～50%.




5-7

(15) The direct hot delivery and hot charging technology is adopted in the rolling workshop when the latent heat of continuous cast slab is fully utilized. The slab is only needed to be heated slightly, and the energy can be saved greatly.

(16) The discharged water from the clean circulating system of each workshop serves as the supplementary water for the turbid circulating system. The wastewater discharged from the turbid circulating system will be drained into the central wastewater treatment station where after further treatment about 2/3 of such wastewater will be recycled for reuse in the production. The rate of recycled water for the whole project is 98.1%.

(17) The scruff produced in the course of Corex iron making process is treated by the INBA rotary drum method before being used as the raw material for producing the construction materials such as the cement. The slime due to the gas purification and the precipitator dust collected by the dedusting system for raw material loading will be used as an ingredient for producing the sinter ore. The powder material collected by the dedusting system for the material loading process in the course of Midrex productions is utilized either as the ingredient for producing the sinter ore or as the raw material for producing the sponge iron of in the course of Midrex productions after being pressed. The steel slag from the steelmaking system is utilized as the raw material for producing the construction material when the scrap steel has been disposed. The precipitator dust is utilized as the raw material for producing the spheric agglomerate. The iron scale produced in the course of continuous casting is reused for making steel or sintering. The iron scale produced in the course of steel rolling is reused for making steel or sintering. The sludge due to wastewater treatment is used for producing the building materials such as bricks and tiles and others.

5.4 Energy-saving analysis

According to the design documentation as Phase I, the outsourced energy and resources for the whole plant mainly are coal (65.13%), electricity (15.57%) and oxygen (11.47%), equivalent to 1,687,600 tons of the standard coal The secondary energy and resources due to the recycle mainly are Corex gas, converter gas, converter evaporation cooling steam and evaporation cooling steam of the steel rolling workshop, and equivalent to 572,500 tons of the standard coal if converted.

It is estimated to be 540.8kg standard coal as the combined energy consumption of the whole plant belonging to both the domestically and internationally advanced level.




5-8

The comparison between the plant and the domestic or international Iron & Steel Consortiums of large dimensions is shown in Table 5-1.

Table 5-1 Energy consumption comparison between the expansion project and the key domestic big or middle sized Iron & Steel Consortium (2003)

Name of enterprise Combined energy consumption (tce/t

steel) National Average of the key businesses 0.771

Capital Steel 0.794 Tangsteel 0.760 Wusteel 0.786 Ansteel 0.889 Bensteel 0.994 Hansteel 0.776

Domestic enterprises

Baosteel 0.675 Posco 0.756 Guangyang 0.734 Nippon Steel 0.729 JFE 0.766

Overseas enterprises

Sinosteel 0.750 This project (design value) 0.541

Note: The data in the “Overseas enterprises” in this table is the statistical data 2001-2003 made public.

5.5 Analysis of cleaner production level

The national standards for cleaner production for some industrial sections were instituted in order to implement “Cleaner Production Promotion Law of the People’s Republic of China”, to further promote the cleaner production and to prevent ecological damage, and to protect people’s health and to facilitate economical development, and to supply the technical support and guidance for enterprises to launch the clean production activities. The standards for cleaner production as a general rule are divided into three grades: Grade one refers to the internationally advanced level in clean production; Grade two refers to domestically advanced level in clean production; Grade three refers to domestically basic level of clean production.

The comparison between the project design index and clean production index (foe Iron & Steel Consortium) laid out in “Production Standard for Cleaner




5-9

production -- Iron and Steel industry”(Draft Version to be modified later once the public solicitation is done) is shown in Table 5-2.

Table 5-2 Analysis list of clean production level

Design index Clean production standards (Draft Version) No. Index name Unit

Phase I Phase II Grade one

Grade two

Grade three

1 Fresh water consumption

m3/t (steel) 5.92 5.67 ≤6.0 ≤10.0 ≤16.0

2 Discharged amount of wastewater

m3/t (steel) 0.94 0.58 ≤2.0 ≤4.0 ≤6.0

3 Discharged amount of COD

kg/t (steel) 0.066 0.041 ≤0.2 ≤0.5 ≤0.9

4

Discharged amount of petroleum related substances

kg/t (steel)

0.0047 0.0029 ≤0.025 ≤0.2 ≤0.45

5

The rate of recycled use of productive water

%

98 98 ≥95 ≥93 ≥90

6 Discharge amount of dust

kg/t (steel) 0.411 0.439 ≤1.0 ≤2.0 ≤4.0

7 Emission amount of SO2

kg/t (steel) 0.364 0.419 ≤1.0 ≤2.0 ≤2.5

The comparison between the project design index on environmental protection and the discharges of the main exhaust gas, wastewater pollutants of domestic and overseas Iron & Steel Consortiums is shown in Table 5-3 and Table 5-4.




5-10

Table 5-3 The comparison between the project design index and the key domestic Iron & Steel Consortiums

Design index Key Domestic Iron & Steel Consortium (2003) No. Index name Unit Phase

I Phase II Average Baosteel Wusteel

Capital Steel

Bensteel Tangsteel


m3/t (steel)

5.92 5.67 14.23

2 Discharged amount of wastewater

m3/t (steel) 0.94 0.58 15.14 1.08 33.82 0.63 2.62 2.58

3 Discharged amount of COD

kg/t (steel) 0.066 0.041 0.865 0.054 1.276 0.026 0.110 0.258

4

Discharged amount of petroleum related substances

kg/t (steel)

0.0047 0.0029 0.057 0.003 0.100 0.001 0.003 0.012

5

The rate of recycled use of productive water

%

98 98 91.63

6 Discharged amount of fume and dust

kg/t (steel) 0.411 0.439 10.38 0.77 2.72 1.31 9.13 3.89

7 Emission amount of SO2

kg/t (steel) 0.364 0.419 6.31 1.78 2.73 1.23 4.68 3.52

Table 5-4 The comparison between the project design index and the overseas advanced Iron & Steel Consortium

Design index Overseas advanced Iron & Steel Consortium (2000-2003) No. Index name Unit Phase

I Phase

II Posco Guangyang Nippon Steel JFE Sinosteel Basic

level


m3/t (steel) 5.92 5.67 3.52 3.43 5.70 10

2 Discharged amount of

wastewater

m3/t (steel) 0.94 0.58 1.53 1.05 1.70




5-11

3 Discharged amount of

fume and dust

kg/t (steel) 0.411 0.439 0.43 0.30 0.89 1

4 Emission amount of

SO2

kg/t (steel) 0.364 0.419 0.45 0.26 0.37 1.06

5 Steel

consumption per ton

kgCE/t (steel) 0.541 0.756 0.734 0.729 0.766 0.750 0.8

Note: The part of data in this table is inferred based on the calculation of the public data.

As seen from the table, the design index for this project is in a position to reach the Grade one cleaner production level, i.e. internationally advanced level of cleaner production.




6-1

6 Regional environmental status and investigation on pollution sources

6.1 Natural environment

6.1.1 Geographic location

Shanghai Pudong Iron & Steel CO., LTD is to be located in Northeast of Baoshan District, Luojing Town, Shanghai. The east of plant area is close to Shigang Road, the south is close to Beiyunchuan Road, the west is 400m away from the east of New Chuansha River, the north is close to Luojing Port with 700m to the south, and the floor space is 2.82km2.

The plant boundary is 500m away from Chenhang reservoir, 2.5km away from Shidongkou Port and 2.4km away from Baosteel.

6.1.2 Geology and topography

(1). Geology

The regional stratum of Baoshan District has little change, and belongs to quaternary sediments alluvial clay layer of Yangtze River estuary delta. The depth of groundwater is approx.1.5m.The second layer of soil served as natural ground is sub-clay layer and its bearing capacity is 8t/m2.The bearing layer of artificial foundation is in sub-sand soil layer, and the depth is about 60m.

(2). Topography

The regional stratum of Baoshan District is Changjiang alluvium, which deposited to form by interaction of mud and sand under wave, tide and flow rate. It formed in the early of Tang Dynasty and has a history of 1300 years by far, and it belongs to Shanghai “Dieyuan highland” topography. The topography with most extensive distribution and maximum area is alluvial plain and flat, and belongs to the scope of old coastal plain; the soil texture is yellow mud. The terrain is flat; ground elevation is between 2.8m and 4.1m and average elevation is 3.86m.




6-2

6.1.3 The feature of the climate

The project is located in north subtropical zone coastal region where prevailing southern margin monsoon, and the climate features northern subtropical maritime monsoon climate: clear four seasons, rainy season meets with hot season; long summer and winter, short spring and autumn; rich rainfall; long frost-free period, sufficient light and heat. The climate for spring is mild and humid, and for summer is hot and rainy; for autumn is humid at first and then dry; for winter is cool and dry.

(1). Routine meteorological factors

The average value for routine meteorological factors (from 1996 to 2000) of Baoshan District such as air temperature, sunshine, rainfall and rain days is shown in Table 6-1.The data is from “Collection of statistical data of Baoshan”

Table 6-1 General situations of regional weather (1999-2003)

Project 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 Average value in

five years Sunshine (h) 1526.4 1650.7 1913.4 1832.5 1558.7 1696.34

Average temperature (°C) 16.7 17.2 17.1 17.6 17.1 17.14

Rainfall (mm) 1435.6 1331.7 1276.8 1379 703.1 1225.24 Rain days (d) 121 171 120 132 105 129.8 Evaporation

capacity (mm) 1267.2 1502.5 1497.7 826.3 885.6 1195.86

Relative humidity (%) 77 76 76 75 76 76

Average pressure (100 Pa) 1015.6 1015.7 1016.0 1015.1 1016.1 1015.7

Frost-free period (d) 333 346 341 341 347 341.6 Snowfall (d) - 4 0 3 1 1.8

Thundershower and storm (d) 23 20 23 24 30 24

Freezing (d) 25 25 29 21 17 23.4 Gale≥8 (d) - 2 6 7 1 4

(2). Wind

The influence of seasons on regional wind is conspicuous; the wind-frequency of leaning southeast wind (including SSE, SE and ESSE) is maximal (28%) and the next is leaning northeast wind (including NNE, NE and ENE) with wind-frequency of 24%, the minimal is southwest wind with wind-frequency of 2.5%. Annual average wind speed is 3.4m/s.The region always suffers attacking by typhoon from Pacific Ocean from July to September in every year. The frequency of strong typhoon in ten years is 3-4 times. The rose diagram for wind-frequency and wind speed is shown in Fig 6-1.




6-3

Fig 6-1 The rose diagram for average wind-frequency and wind speed in Baoshan District

6.1.4 Water system and hydrology

6.1.4.1 Inland water system

The Baoshan District neighbors river and sea and belongs to salty tide plain river network region, and its water is from Yangtze River and Huangpu River. At present, there are 24 pieces of backbone river channels (municipality-district level) with total length of 234.7 km; 865 pieces of rural river channel with length of 952 km. The area of waters is 15.83 km2, which accounts 5.16% of total area. The water is mainly used for shipping, agricultural irrigation, waterlogging control, industrial water and receiving wastewater. The timing sequence of forming land in Baoshan is from west to east, so the number of rivers with E-W direction. The rivers are arranged in a crisscross pattern and the water system is done well. According to the division way of water conservancy zone, Luojing Town is located in the north of Jiading and Baoshan District.

The river channels in this area: New Chuansha River, Panjing, North Dalian River, Suitang River and Xiejiatang etc. The sluice has been built in the junction of Huangpu River and Yangtze River with main rivers in Baoshan, and is surrounded by water. The hydrology elements of each river channel are influenced by the sluice basically. So the inland water level is comparatively stable; the maximum and minimal water level is about 2.8m and 2.2m, and the average is 2.5m. Not only can waterlogging be prevented, but also facilitate navigation and supply




6-4

water for irrigation.

6.1.4.2 Yangtze River

(1). Tide

The river reach where the proposed site locating belongs to medium tidal range embouchure; the type of tide belongs to shallow tide with irregular and half day characteristics and accompanies phenomenon of diurnal inequality; evening tide is bigger than diurnal tide in summer, and for winter is on the contrary. According to the tide level data of tidal station in Shidongkou, the eigenvalue of tide level and the design water level are as follows (conforming to Wusong horizontal zero):

Annual maximal tide level: 5.99m

Annual minimal tide level: 0.05m

Average high tide level for years: 3.29m

Average low tide level for years: 1.14m

Average tidal range: 2.17m

(2). Wave

According to observational data in two years of Shidongkou, the ordinary wave direction of Yangtze River waters outside Luojing Port is ESE with frequency of 21.8%, the strong wave direction is N-NNW.

Fig 6-2 Wave-rose diagram

(3). Tide current

The tide current of Yangtze River waters outside Luojing Port belongs to shallow




6-5

tide with irregular and half day characteristic and takes on a kind of reciprocal motion; the flow rate of ebb current is bigger than flood current and duration of ebb current is longer than that of flood current.

The characteristics of tide at Luojing coal port is shown in Table 6-2 according to the hydrological test data about dry season and flood season carried by Shanghai Navigation Channel Design & Research Inisitute.

Table 6-2 List of tide characteristics of Luojing coal Port (bathymetric line is -10m)

Flood season Dry season Floodtide Ebb tide Floodtide Ebb tide Type

Item

Flow rates (m/s)

Flow direction (°)

Flow rates (m/s)

Flow direction (°)

Flow rates (m/s)

Flow direction (°)

Flow rates (m/s)

Flow direction (°)

Max. 1.16 309 1.72 125 1.44 304 1.69 129

Average of maximum vertical line

1.00 316 1.59 125 1.31 303 1.52 131 Spring tide

Duration (hour) 4：19 8：04 4：32 7：45

Max. 1.07 297 1.64 140 1.24 306 1.68 123


0.95 300 1.50 135 1.13 302 1.44 129 Mean tide

Duration (hour) 4：13 8：07 4：38 7：43

Max. 0.94 308 1.46 140 0.58 312 0.94 123


0.84 303 1.31 137 0.50 317 0.86 124 Neap tide

Duration (hour) 4：30 8：13 / 6：27

The recorded maximum flow of flood tide happens in big tide of flood season and the flow is 1.44 m/s, flow direction is 304°.The recorded maximum flow of flood tide happens in big tide of flood season and the flow is 1.72m/s, flow direction is 125°.

(4). Runoff

The average runoff of Yangtze River is 942 billion m3 for many years, and at Xuliujing, runoff of Yangtze River is divided into south and north branch and, the water discharges almost at south branch. According to Ministry of Water Resources, low-flow period and mean-flow period occurs between April and




6-6

November and, high-flow period occurs between May and October. In different seasons, the runoff has conspicuous changes. In high-flow period, the runoff volume is 71.3% of the whole year; in low-flow and men-flow period is 28.7%; the maximal runoff volume occurs in June, July and August, which accounts 39.61% of whole year. The maximal average runoff volume occurs in July and the minimum occurs in January. 见表 6-3。

Table 6-3 The changes of runoff volume per month in Yangtze River Month 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Flow rate (ten

thousands m3/a)

1.07 1.14 1.58 2.29 3.31 4.07 5.05 4.60 4.18 3.50 2.41 1.44

Ratio (%) 3.09 3.29 4.56 6.61 9.56 11.75 14.58 13.28 12.07 10.10 6.96 4.16

The data are from “Material Flux of the Changjiang Estuary”, author: Shenhuanting

(5). Content of sand

As the soil and water loss of upstream and sand from each branch, there is certain mud and sand in Yangtze River, the average content of sand at neap tide in low-flow period is 60mg/l-70mg/l and in high-flow period is 130mg/l-170mg/l, the average content of sand at spring tide is 230mg/l-270mg/l. As the content of sand in Yangtze River per annum changes greatly and there are differences year to year; high content of sand is useful for movement and transformation of pollutants. Consequently, spring tide in every season contributes to the movement and transformation of pollutants.

6.2 Socio-economical development

6.2.1 Layout of population and administrative region

The project area covers Luojing Town and Yuepu Town in Baoshan. According to statistical data of Baoshan District in 2003, the number of population in Luojing and Yuepu Town at the end of 2003 is 22,249 and 69,886 respectively; the number of house-hold is 7,366 and 24,065 respectively.

The project area covers Hailu village in Yuepu Town, Haixing, Haihong, Chuansha and Baofeng village in Luojing Town.




6-7

Table 6-4 Population distribution in project area

Village Number of house-hold Number of relocated house-hold

Haixing 570 5 Haihong 400 360

Chuansha 490 358 Baofeng 400

Hailu 60

6.2.2 Status of economical development

(1). Industry

Baoshan District is an important base of industry of Shanghai and, formulates the economic development strategy of focusing on one industry, but allowing for diversifications, and forms obvious industrial features, i.e. depending on the advantage of Baosteel, focusing on metallurgical industry; The next is to develop ship building, transportation and storage industry under the advantage of geographic position (adjacent to Yangtze River). According to the statistical yearbook of Baoshan in 2003, the industrial output value of Baoshan is 29.46 billion yuan, of which, Luojing is 4.35 billion yuan and Yuepu is 5.37 billion yuan.

Luojing Town has focused on “technology-based, foreign-oriented and scale-typed economy” and, promotes the development model of iron & steel industrial base of Baosteel and develops stainless steel making industry and auxiliary extension industries. Now four-pillar industries such as further processing of iron & steel, electron, bio-pharmaceutical and lighting electric appliance industry are establishing from day to day.

(2). Agriculture

To the end of 2003, the cultivate area for Luojing and Yuepu are 1739.6 and 1076.1 hectares respectively; sown area of the whole year is 2,061 and 1,239 hectares respectively; gross value of agricultural output is 56.58 and 29.97 million yuan respectively; For Luojing Town, the gross output value of fishery, crop production and animal husbandry accounts 38%, 29% and 21% of the total gross output value respectively; The main crops in Baoshan District are paddy, wheat, rape and beans etc..

6.2.3 Traffic and transport

Baoshan District where the project located is provided with convenient traffic and,




6-8

the superior transportation condition is shown in highway and waterway. The terraqueous transportation for proposed site is convenient. The waterway transportation connects inland river and offshore; the highway transportation extends in all directions and North Beiyunchuan Road is taken as planned suburb ring; the area at the coastline of Yangtze River north to factory is to be provided with the conditions of building finished Port with water depth of 8-11m and raw material Port, and it adjoins to Luojing bulk cargo Port; The plant area has a distance of 30km away from Shanghai Hongqiao Airport (20 minutes are needed in outer ring) and 55km away from Shanghai Pudong Airport (35 minutes are needed in outer ring); it has a distance of 7km to outer ring, and connects with Huning, Hujia and Huhang expressway.

6.2.4 Urban infrastructure

The municipal infrastructure in project area is perfect. In recent years, municipal infrastructures such as power supply, gas, heat supply and water system have developed greatly.

(1). Water supply

Now there are five sets of Water Plant in Baoshan with annual supply capacity of 0.729 billion m3.Tap water is used by all residents in the district.The effective capacity of Baosteel reservoir is 10 million m3 and the quantity of water intake is 215,000m3/d.

(2). Water discharge

The method of concentrated treatment will be applied to wastewater discharged in the project area, and the sewage discharge system will be improved gradually. The treatment capacity of Shidongkou Sewage Treatment Plant which has a distance of 1km to plant area is 400,000m3/d.

(3). Electric power

Baoshan District is one of key energy bases in Shanghai, some big power plants such as Shidongkou power plant is locating in.As important parts of Shanghai Grid, high voltage network and super- high voltage network are responsible for the electrical transmission and distribution of Shanghai.

(4). Gas

The Wusong Gas Works and Shidongkou Works located in the District, the output




6-9

of Shidongkou Gas Works is 0.119 billion m3.

According to the layout of Shanghai natural gas main pipeline network, the super high pressure pipe with 6.0MPa-DN800 will be laid along the suburb ring and in the meanwhile, high-high pressure regulating station will be set in the suburb line and Fuchang Road and the natural gas from the station will be supplied for the whole District.

6.2.5 Arrangement of relocation

The fact that the World Expo 2010 is sited in the waterfront of Huangpu River is significant for the reorganization of the central urban industries and the old area as well as exhibition of “Better City, Better Life” into an important cultural exhibition center and unique inhabitance area, while the relocation of Jiangnan Shipyard and Pudong Iron & Steel with a history of hundreds years old will be the base to accomplish the project. In order to support the construction of 2010 EXPO venues and relocation of Pusteel, people of Baoshan District encourage themselves, organize carefully and try their best to carry out the relocation. At present, the relative procedures about relocation has already been completed; Baoshan Government will be responsible for the proposed site, and residents will be allocated in Luojing and Shengqiao community; the village and town enterprises with out-of-date production process will be closed, and enterprises that meet the requirements of industry policy will be arranged at Baoshan Industrial Park; so the layout object that centralizing of residents from country to urban and centralizing of industry into Industrial park can be realized.

6.3 Investigation and assessment on pollution sources

6.3.1 Current situations of surrounding areas development

The land uses in surrounding areas are more complex, industrial land, residential land and agricultural land interlace each other; not only distributes developed industrial park in tract, but also disperses industrial enterprises.The main industrial zone around the project area is Baoshan District municipal industrial park to the southwest—Shanghai Baoshan Industrial Park.

(1). Surrounding industrial zone

Shanghai Baoshan Industrial Park has been approved to be municipal industrial park by Shanghai Development Planning Commission, and the planning range starts from Beiyunchuan Road on the east, closes to Hutai Road on the west,




6-10

adjacent to Shitai Road on the south and closes to New Chuansha Road on the north. The purposed zone covers an area of approx. 23km2, and the total buildings’ capacity is limited in 8,063,300 m2, among which the industrial building area is 6,380,600 m2 and the public building area, municipal area and other building area is approx. 1,682,700m2.The development ideas of the industrial zone are to get new industrialization to drive the rural urbanization, to build a quality steel industry comprehensive industrial zone in Baoshan, Shanghai. An industrial base of producing finishing steel with main large and middle scale enterprises, high technology, low pollutions, beautiful environment, and well-equipped public utilities and production facilities is the development trend for the industrial park; the industrial park will serve as finishing steel industrial zone mainly, and equipped with new material, metal products and export processing industry zone; the entire industrial park can be divided into four industrial zone and one service center, one secondary service center for each industrial zone.The park will be constructed in accordance with the requirements based on high jumping-off point planning, high standard construction and large input, and be planned to achieve breakthrough in one year and get result in three years, and be completed basically within five or eight years.

(2). Main large scale industrial enterprises around the park

Baoshan key industrial zone is located in the southeast of site to be relocated by Pusteel, with large scale enterprises around here are: Baoshan Iron & Steel CO., LTD, Shanghai Huaneng Shidongkou No．1 and No. 2 Power Plant, Shidongkou Gas Works, Shidongkou Wastewater Treatment Plant and Luojing Port etc.

6.3.2 Investigation on pollution sources

The main items of pollution sources investigation will focuses on air and water pollution, and the date about pollution sources are from “Data of 2003 Annual Statistic Report on Environment of Baoshan”; “Equal Standard Pollution Loading Method” is adopted to analyze the pollution sources. The range of investigating pollution sources is basically the same with that of assessment range of the project.

6.3.2.1 Investigation on air pollution sources

(1). Assessment method

①The definition of Equal Standard Pollution Loading (Pi) about pollutant “i”




6-11

ACQiPi

i

×=0

In the formula:

Pi refers to equivalent standard discharging amount of pollutant “i”(m3/a);

Coi refers to assessment standard of pollutant “i” (gas: mg/m3; water: mg/l);

Qi refers to absolute discharging amount of pollutant “i” (t/a)

A refers to conversion coefficient, for gas is 109 and for water is 106.

②Total equivalent standard loading (Pi total) of certain pollutant is the sum of equivalent standard pollution loading of all pollutants “i”.

∑=

=k

nii PP

1总

③Share responsibility rate of certain pollutant (ki)

总i

ii P

PK =

(2). Assessment factors

The assessment factors about air pollution sources are So2, fume and dust.

(3). Assessment standards

The assessment standards shall be in accordance with average day value of Grade II in “Ambient Air Quality Standard” (GB3095-1996).For detailed standard value, see subsection 1.6.3.

(4). Assessment on air pollution sources

The emission status and assessment results of air pollutants discharged by main enterprises are shown in Table 6-5, 6-6 and 6-7.The discharge amount of SO2, fume and dust discharged by main enterprises accounts 95%, 93% and 91% above of the total amount.

Table 6-5 The emission status of SO2 discharged by main enterprises and their ordering




6-12

No. Name of units

Emission amount of

SO2 (t/a)

PSO2（×109） (m3/a)

KSO2 (%)

1 Shanghai Huaneng Shidongkou No. 1 Power Plant 24072.0 160480.0 35.548

2 Shanghai Huaneng Shidongkou No. 2 Power Plant 22087.0 147246.7 32.617

3 Power Plant of Baoshan Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. 17097.0 113980.0 25.248

4 Baoshan Iron & Steel Co. Ltd. 3504.0 23360.0 5.175

5 Shanghai Fanya Potential Paper Co., LTD 590.0 3933.3 0.871

6 Baoshan Xinlian Rolling Mill 71.4 476.0 0.105

7 Shanghai Baoyun Metal Products Company 42.8 285.6 0.063

8 Shanghai Aijian reagent Co., LTD 39.4 262.9 0.058

9 Shanghai Luojing Dyestuff Company Co., LTD 33.0 220.0 0.049

10 Shanghai Baolu Daily Chemicals Company 9.6 64.3 0.014

11 Shanghai Baoshan Haihong Chemical & Auxiliary Co., Ltd 8.9 59.3 0.013

12 Luodian Woolen Mill 7.1 47.6 0.011

13 Shanghai Baoshan Luodian Architectural Material Factory 6.8 45.3 0.010

14 Shanghai Yuelong New Material Co., LTD 6.4 42.7 0.009

15 Shengbao Iron & Steel Charging Co., LTD 4.8 32.1 0.007

16 Shanghai Baozhong Dyeing & Finishing Factory 4.4 29.0 0.006

17 Shanghai Chemical Plant, Luodian Branch 4.2 27.8 0.006

18 Shanghai Shenggang Metallurgy Auxiliary Material Factory

3.6 23.8 0.005

19 Shanghai Baoshan District Luodian Chemical Main Plant 3.3 21.8 0.005

20 Zhujian (Shanghai) Co., LTD 1.6 10.7 0.002 Total 67597.3 450648.9 100




6-13

Table 6-6 The emission status of fume discharged by main enterprises and their ordering

No. Name of units

Discharge amount of

fume (t/a)

Pfume (x109) (m3/a)

Kfume (%)

1 Shanghai Huaneng Shidongkou No. 1 Power Plant

3832.0 12773.3 43.035


3 Shanghai Huaneng Shidongkou No. 2 Power Plant

968.8 3229.3 10.880



6 Baoshan Xinlian Rolling Mill 31.0 103.2 0.348

7 Shanghai Seal Cement (Group) Co., LTD 30.0 100.1 0.337

8 Shanghai Sanlian Iron Foundry 30.0 100.0 0.337

9 Shanghai Baoyun Metal Products Company 9.0 30.0 0.101



12 Zhujian (Shanghai) Co., LTD 3.1 10.5 0.035

13 Shanghai Baolu Daily Chemicals Company 2.0 6.8 0.023

14 Shengbao Iron & Steel Charging Co., LTD 1.7 5.6 0.019

15 Luodian Woolen Mill 1.5 5.0 0.017

16 Shanghai Baoshan Luodian Architectural Material Factory 1.4 4.6 0.015

17 Shanghai Baoshan Haihong Chemical & Auxiliary Co., Ltd 1.0 3.3 0.011


19 Shanghai Shenggang Metallurgy Auxiliary Material Factory

0.6 2.1 0.007


Total 8904.4 29681.2 100.000




6-14

Table 6-7 The emission status of dust discharged by main enterprises and their ordering

No. Name of units

Discharge amount of

dust (t/a)

Pdust (x109) (m3/a)

Kdust (%)


2 Shanghai Zhongji Reefer Container Co., LTD 37.8 126.0 1.649


4 Shanghai Baoshan Fanrong Bitumen Concrete Factory 13.00 43.3 0.567

5 Shanghai Xinlian Steel Rolling Co., LTD 10.00 33.3 0.436


7 Shanghai Nikken Dazhong Refining Steel Material Co., LTD

0.82 2.7 0.036


Total 5172.6 17242.1 100.0

From the tables, we can see:

The equivalent standard pollution loading of SO2 and fume discharged by Huaneng Shidongkou No.1 Power Plant ranks one and the equivalent standard pollution loading of dust discharged by Baosteel is maximal.

By analyzing comprehensively the equivalent standard loading of air pollutants, Huaneng Shidongkou No. 1 and No. 2 Power Plant ranks one and two respectively.

6.3.2.2 Investigation on water pollution sources

(1). Assessment method

Adopting “Equal Standard Pollution Loading Method” and the calculation method is the same with that listed in 6.5.1.

(2). Assessment factors

The assessment factors for water pollution sources are CODcr, NH3-N and petroleum oil.

(3). Assessment standards




6-15

Adopting “Environmental quality standards for surface water” (GB3838-2002), Type IV. For detailed standard value, see subsection 1.6.3.

(4). Investigation results about water pollution sources

The emission status and assessment results of water pollutants discharged by main enterprises are shown in Table 6-7, 6-8 and 6-9.The discharge amount of CODcr, petroleum oil and NH3-N discharged by main enterprises accounts 83%, 92% and 84% above of the total amount.

Table 6-8 The emission status of CODcr discharged by main enterprises and their ordering

No. Name of units

CODcr discharge amount

(t/a)

PCODcr(×106) (m3/a)

KCODcr (%)



3 Shanghai Huanlian Pharmaceutical Co., LTD, Yuepu Branch

323.8 10.79 18.78

4 Shanghai Baoshan District Yuepu Electroplating Factory 73.4 2.45 4.26




8 Zhujian (Shanghai) Co., LTD 33.4 1.11 1.94

9 Shanghai Baozhang Galvanized Iron Wire Co., LTD 32.6 1.09 1.89

10 Shanghai Shente Typed Steel Co., LTD 27.2 0.91 1.58



13 Hamen and Leimo Gaoshi Essence Co., LTD 23.1 0.77 1.34

14 Shanghai Suzuran Sanitary Goods Co., LTD 22.8 0.76 1.32

15 Shidongkou No. 1 Power Plant 17.6 0.59 1.02

16 Shanghai Baozhong Dyeing & Finishing Factory 15.3 0.51 0.89

17 Shanghai Xiaojing Electroplating Co., LTD 10.6 0.35 0.61

18 Shanghai Jiexin Hardware Co., LTD 9.7 0.32 0.56




6-16


20 Luodian Woolen Mill 6.9 0.23 0.40 Total 1724.5 57.48 100.00

Table 6-9 The emission status of dust petroleum oil by main enterprises and their ordering

No. Name of units Discharge amount of

petroleum oil (t/a)

Ppetroleum oil (x106) (m3/a)

Kpetroleum oil (%)

1 Huaneng Shidongkou No. 1 Power Plant 64.11 128.22 41.11



4 Shanghai Baoshan District Luodian Chemical Main Plant

9.90 19.80 6.35





9 Shanghai Baoshan District Yuepu Electroplating Factory

2.80 5.60 1.80






15 Shanghai Baoshan District Chuansha Electroplating Factory

0.90 1.80 0.58


17 Shanghai Baozhang Galvanized Iron Wire Co., LTD

0.44 0.88 0.28

18 Shanghai Baoshan District Sifang Chemical Plant 0.43 0.85 0.27


20 Shanghai Luodian Woolen 0.11 0.21 0.07




6-17

Mill 155.95 311.90 100.00

Table 6-10 The emission status of ammonia and nitrogen discharged by main enterprises and their ordering

No. Name of units

Discharge amount of ammonia

and nitrogen

(t/a)

Pammonia and

nitrogen（×106） (m3/a)

Kammonia and

nitrogen (%)






6 Shanghai Baozhang

Galvanized Iron Wire Co., LTD

3.40 2.27 1.125


8 Shanghai Huanghai Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd 2.62 1.75 0.867


10 Shanghai Huan lian

Pharmaceutical Co., LTD, Yuepu Branch

2.40 1.60 0.794






16 Shanghai Baoshan District Sifang Chemical Plant 0.45 0.30 0.149


18 Shanghai Dongsheng Electron Co., LTD 0.23 0.15 0.076

19 Shanghai Luodian Woolen Mill 0.11 0.07 0.035

20 Shanghai Kai Qun Chemical 0.027 0.02 0.009




6-18

Industry Co., LTD Total 302.24 201.49 100

From the tables, we can see:

For the equivalent standard pollution loading of CODcr and petroleum oil, Baosteel ranks one, and Yuelong New Material Company is responsible for maximal equivalent standard pollution loading of NH3-H.

By analyzing comprehensively the equivalent standard pollution loading of wastewater, Baosteel is the first.

6.4 Main environmental problems

(1). Concentration of industrial pollution sources

There are many pollution sources in the area, and three of the ten air pollution sources of Shanghai are distributed here, which are from Huaneng Shidongkou No. 1 and No. 2 Power Plant and Baosteel Power Plant, not including that from Baosteel Co., Ltd. The projects to be constructed are Baoshan industrial zone and the relocation site of Pusteel with an area of 23km2 and 2.82 Km2 respectively.

(2). Dust pollution

In consecutive five years, the concentration of TSP has exceeded the standard, and this is also for winter ambient air, and the maximum value is 1.27 times of the standard value. The main reasons for this are caused by fugitive dust from stockyard, road and construction site of Baosteel and Luojing Port. As the "Administrative Measures of Shanghai Municipality on Preventing and Controlling Fugitive Dust" coming into effect on July 1, 2007, the degree of pollution is expected to be reduced.

(3). Pollution of freshwater

The inland surface water has been polluted as draining of sewage and industrial wastewater, which can be solved by water diversion; however this will aggravate the pollution degree of downstream. As the implementation of “trinity” policy in Shanghai, sewage and industrial wastewater will be sent into wastewater treatment plant, so the pollution of inland water is expected to be relieved to some extent.




7-1

7 Survey and evaluation of the environmental quality status

7.1 Survey and evaluation of the environmental air quality status

7.1.1 Survey of the air quality status in the environment

7.1.1.1 Purpose of survey

The purpose of the survey is to get the knowledge of the status of the air quality in the environment for the project area, to provide the background data for the evaluation of the impact from the air in the environment, as well as to provide the scientific basis for atmospheric pollution control and the atmospheric environmental quality management.

7.1.1.2 Work and methodology

(1) Monitoring time

The Southeast wind and Northeast wind are prevailing in the Baoshan area. Also there is a close relationship between the wind directions and the law of the diffusion of the pollutants in the air. Two air quality status surveys are carried out in the autumn of Sept. 23, 2004 ~ Sept. 28, 2005 and in the winter of July 11, 2005 ~ July 16, 2005. The first air monitoring was trusted to be implemented by Shanghai Putuo District Environmental Monitoring Station while the second by Shanghai Environmental Science Institute.

(2) Arrangement of the monitoring stations

Six monitoring stations are arranged around the Pudong Steel Works base corresponding to the environmental characteristics of the construction project area, as shown in Fig. 7–1 and Tab. 7–1 respectively. All the stations received the second monitoring except for the Pudong Steel Works base and Shengxing.

Tab. 7-1 List of the arrangement of the monitoring stations for the Survey of the air quality status in the environment

No. Name of the place to be monitored

Represented Area Distance to the

project boundary

Orientation to the project

1 Project site Project site - -

2 Chenhang Town

Residential Town 1300 West by South

3 Shengqiao Community

Residential Town 2300 Southeast

4 Haixing Village Beside the to-be built reservoir

650 West

5 Sanqiao Village Countryside (Industrial Park Area)

800 South




7-2

6 Shengxing Village

Countryside (Industrial Park Area)

1600 South by East

(3) Monitored Items

SO2, NO2,PM10,TSP,Fluoride

(4) Monitored Frequency

The monitoring shall involve 5 days as valid time. 2:00，7:00,14:00 and 19:00 are the daily monitoring time for hourly level(Concentration) while 2:00~20:00 is the monitoring time for daily average level(Concentration).

(5) Methodology involved in the monitoring analysis

The monitoring method and the method for the analysis involved shall be in accordance with the requirements specified in Tab 7 – 2 as shown.




7-3

The monitored place for the quality status of the project ground water and air environment

Method involved in the monitoring analysis of the environmental air

Monitored Factor Monitoring Method Analysis method Detection Limit

SO2 Controlling of Pumped flow 0.5l/min GB/T15262-94 0.007mg/m3

0 0.7km 2.1km

Base of Pusteel ●

Legend

●Monitoring points of air ▼ Monitoring points of surface

▼New Chuansha River

▼ Suitang River

●

shengxing

▼Yangsheng River ▼Panjing

Fubei reservoir

Shitai Road

Shidongkou

River

sha

Chua

New

Luojing Port

Baosteel

Reservoir of Baosteel

Chenhang reservoir

Chenhang● Haixing●

Shengqiao●

Yuepu Luodian

●Sanqiao

▼Outside of gate

▼North Dalian River

Hutai R

oad

Beiyunchuan Road




7-4

NO2 Controlling of Pumped flow 0.5l/min GB/T15435-1995 0.005 mg/m3

PM10 13l/min Pumped Flow GB6921-89 0.006 mg/m3

TSP Fixed Flow by means of the instrument GB6921-89 0.006 mg/m3

Fluoride Fixed Flow by means of the instrument GB/T15435-95 2.31×10-5 mg/m3

7.1.1.3 Meteorological data during monitoring

The meteorological data obtained during the first monitoring time are given in the Table 7-3.

Table 7-3 Metrological data during the monitoring time (2004092328)

No. Month

Day

Time

Atmospheric Pressure

Temp.

Wind Speed

Wind Direction (degree)

Weather

1 9 23 14:00 101.6 27.9 2.5 NE Cloudy to Fine

2 9 23 19:00 101.6 22.5 1.4 E Cloudy to Fine

3 9 24 2:00 102.0 20.9 1.8 NE Cloudy 4 9 24 7:00 102.0 23.7 2.0 NE Fine

5 9 24 14:00 102.0 28.2 2.5 NE Cloudy to Fine

6 9 24 19:00 102.0 22.6 1.7 NE Cloudy 7 9 25 2:00 102.0 23.4 1.9 NE Cloudy

8 9 25 7:00 102.0 24.9 2.2 E Cloudy to Fine

9 9 25 14:00 102.0 29.2 2.4 E Cloudy to Fine

10 9 25 19:00 102.0 24.2 2.0 E Cloudy 11 9 26 2:00 101.5 23.8 1.5 NE Cloudy 12 9 26 7:00 101.5 26.2 2.0 Northeast Overcast

13 9 26 14:00 101.5 30.5 2.8 Northeast Cloudy to Fine

14 9 26 19:00 101.5 25.9 2.5 Northeast Cloudy 15 9 27 2:00 101.7 23.2 1.9 East Cloudy 16 9 27 7:00 101.7 24.9 1.7 Northeast Fine 17 9 27 14:00 101.7 28.5 1.4 Northeast Fine 18 9 27 19:00 101.7 23.9 2.0 East Fine 19 9 28 2:00 101.0 23.1 1.6 Northeast Fine

20 9 28 7:00 101.0 25.5 1.9 Northeast Cloudy to Fine

The meteorological data during the second monitoring are given in the Tab. 7 – 4.

Table 7-4 List of meteorological data during monitoring time (20050111-16)




7-5

No. Month Day Time Atmospheric Pressure

Temp. Wind Speed

Wind Direction (degree)

Weather

1 1 11 14:00 103.3 6.5 0.6 NW Overcast

2 1 11 19:00 103.4 5 0.2 West by

North Cloudy to

Fine 3 1 12 2:00 103.5 1 0.7 NW by West Cloudy 4 1 12 7:00 103.5 2.5 0.4 NW Fine 5 1 12 14:00 103.3 8 2.4 N Cloudy 6 1 12 19:00 103.3 4 2.0 North by East Fine 7 1 13 2:00 103.3 2 1.6 N Cloudy 8 1 13 7:00 103.2 4 2.5 NW Overcast 9 1 13 14:00 103.0 8 2.2 North by East Cloudy

10 1 13 19:00 103.0 5 3.2 West by

North Cloudy

11 1 14 2:00 103.0 3 2.3 West by

North Cloudy

12 1 14 7:00 103.0 4 0.2 West by South

Slight Rain

13 1 14 14:00 102.8 7 2.3 NW Cloudy

14 1 14 19:00 102.9 4.5 1.3 N Fine 15 1 15 2:00 102.9 1 0.4 NW Fine 16 1 15 7:00 102.9 0.5 0 Static Wind Fine 17 1 15 14:00 102.8 8 1.2 NW Fine 18 1 15 19:00 102.9 4 0.1 W Fine 19 1 16 2:00 103.0 0 1.3 NW Fine 20 1 16 7:00 103.1 -1.5 0 Static Wind Fine

7.1.1.4 Result of Monitoring

(1) SO2:

The monitoring results for the first SO2 level at the various places are shown in the Tab. 7-5

The first SO2 level at various places ( Unit: mg/m3)

Period Index Project Base

Chenhang Town

Shengqiao Community

Haixing Village

Sanqiao Village

Shengxing Village

Minimum 0.019 0.018 0.017 0.018 0.019 0.018 Maximum 0.034 0.034 0.030 0.035 0.029 0.030 Level

per hour Unacceptability Rate(%)

0 0 0 0 0 0

Daily First day 0.010 0.012 0.010 0.015 0.011 0.012




7-6

Second day 0.015 0.014 0.011 0.014 0.010 0.010 Third day 0.013 0.016 0.013 0.013 0.012 0.012 Forth day 0.016 0.013 0.013 0.014 0.010 0.011 Fifth day 0.013 0.014 0.015 0.013 0.010 0.010 Minimum 0.010 0.012 0.010 0.013 0.010 0.010 Maximum 0.016 0.016 0.015 0.015 0.012 0.012

Average

UnacceptabilityRate(%)

0 0 0 0 0 0

The level varies from 0.017 to 0.035mg/m3 during the one hour monitoring period, and the daily average level varies from 0.010 to 0.016mg/m3,and therefore the variations of the monitored data at various places are less noticeable. During the monitoring the detected values in terms of 1 hour SO2 level satisfy the limit value for SO2 level under the Grade 2 standard of “Environmental Air Quality Code (GB3095-96)( one hour level limit is 0.5mg/m3). Daily average level also satisfies the requirements in the GB3095-96(The allowable average level as 0.15mg/m3)

The results for the detected second SO2 level at various places are as shown in the Table 7-6.

Tab 7 -6 The second SO2 level at various places ( Unit: mg/m3)

Period Index Chenhang

Town Shengqiao Community

Sanqiao Village

Haixing Village

Minimum <0.007 <0.007 <0.007 0.011 Maximum 0.085 0.144 0.147 0.203 l

1 Hr Level Unacceptability Rate(%)

0 0 0 0

First day 0.008 0.025 0.036 0.022 Second day 0.014 0.033 0.05 0.033 Third day 0.007 0.020 0.016 0.016

Fourth day 0.015 0.033 0.04 0.060 Fifth day 0.046 0.081 0.091 0.121 Minimum 0.007 0.020 0.016 0.016 Maximum 0.046 0.08` 0.091 0.121

Daily Average

Unacceptability Rate(%)

0 0 0 0

The level varies from 0.007 to 0.203mg/m3 during the one hour monitoring period, and the daily average level varies from 0.007 to 0.121mg/m3.During the monitoring the detected values in terms of 1 hour SO2 level satisfy the limit for SO2 level under the Grade 2 standard of “Environmental Air Quality Code




7-7

(GB3095-96)( one hour level limit is 0.5mg/m3).Daily average level also satisfies the requirements in the GB3095-96(The allowable average level as 0.15mg/m3).

(2) NO2

The monitored results for first NO2 level are as shown in Tab 7–7.

The first NO2 level at various places (Unit: mg/m3)


Chenhang Town

Shengqiao Community

Haixing Village

Sanqiao Village

Shengxing Village

Minimum 0.045 0.051 0.048 0.055 0.48 0.042

Maximum 0.099 0.11 0.10 0.125 0.92 0.088 l

1 Hr Level

UnacceptabilityRate(%)

0 0 0 0 0 0

First day 0.035 0.047 0.038 0.041 0.032 0.029 Second day 0.031 0.040 0.032 0.047 0.030 0.033 Third day 0.038 0.037 0.039 0.052 0.038 0.036

Fourth day 0.046 0.039 0.035 0.043 0.031 0.030 Fifth day 0.034 0.037 0.029 0.050 0.035 0.031 Minimum 0.031 0.037 0.029 0.041 0.030 0.029

Maximum 0.046 0.047 0.038 0.052 0.038 0.036

Daily Average

Unacceptabilityrate(%)

0 0 0 0 0 0

The level varies from 0.042 to 0.125mg/m3 during the one hour monitoring period, and the daily average varies 0.029~0.052mg/m3,and therefore the variations of the monitored data at various places are less noticeable. During the monitoring the detected values in terms of 1 hour NO2 level satisfy the limit for NO2 level under the Grade 2 standard of “Environmental Air Quality Code (GB3095-96)( one hour level limit is 0.24mg/m3).Daily average level also satisfies the requirements in the GB3095-96(The allowable average level as 0.12mg/m3).

The monitored results for second NO2 level at various places are as shown in Tab 7-8.




7-8

Tab 7-8 The second NO2 level at various places ( Unit: mg/m3)


Town

Shengqiao

Community

Sanqiao

Village

Haixing

Village

Minimum 0.029 0.038 0.03 0.035

Maximum 0.130 0.119 0.103 0.118 l

1 Hr Level Unacceptability

Rate(%) 0 0 0 0

First day 0.048 0.045 0.058 0.092

Second day 0.041 0.051 0.047 0.055

Third day 0.049 0.07 0.079 0.051

Fourth day 0.067 0.068 0.053 0.064

Fifth day 0.060 0.089 0.084 0.088

Minimum 0.041 0.045 0.047 0.051

Maximum 0.067 0.089 0.084 0.092

Daily

Average

Unacceptability

Rate(%) 0 0 0 0

The level varies from 0.029 to 0.130mg/m3 during the one hour monitoring period, and the daily average level varies from 0.041 to 0.092mg/m3.During the monitoring the detected values in terms of 1 hour NO2 level satisfy the limit for NO2 level under the Grade 2 standard of “Environmental Air Quality Code (GB3095-96)( one hour level limit value as 0.24mg/m3).Daily average level also satisfies the requirements in the GB3095-96(The allowable average level as 0.12mg/m3).

(3) PM10:

The monitored results for first PM10 at various places are as shown in Tab 7–9 The first PM10 level at various places ( Unit: mg/m3)


Chenhang Town

Shengqiao Community

Haixing Village

Sanqiao Village

Shengxing Village

First day 0.06 0.074 0.069 0.052 0.098 0.065 Second day 0.058 0.08 0.092 0.067 0.101 0.078 Third day 0.075 0.061 0.07 0.054 0.106 0.061

Fourth day 0.076 0.063 0.061 0.047 0.115 0.052 Fifth day 0.083 0.069 0.06 0.067 0.106 0.06 Minimum 0.058 0.061 0.060 0.047 0.098 0.052 Maximum 0.083 0.080 0.092 0.067 0.115 0.078

Daily Average

Unacceptability Rate(%) 0 0 0 0 0 0




7-9

The valid data are altogether 30 items and the inspection rate for the samples is 100%.The daily average level varies from 0.047 to 0.115mg/m3, and the maximum daily average level is 0.115mg/m3 occurring in the monitored place as Sanqiao village. The PM10 daily average levels at all monitored places all satisfy the requirements in the national standard.(0.15mg/m3 as the daily average level limit under Grade 2 Standard).

The result for the detected second PM10 levels at various places is as shown in the Table 7-10

Tab. 7-10 The second PM10 level variations at various places (Unit: mg/m3)


Town

Shengqiao

Community

Sanqiao

Village

Haixing

Village

First day 0.130 0.166 0.106 0.095

Second day 0.111 0.145 0.076 0.083

Third day 0.113 0.120 0.091 0.089

Fourth day 0.161 0.248 0.129 0.112

Fifth day 0.170 0.246 0.151 0.137

Minimum 0.111 0.120 0.076 0.083

Maximum 0.170 0.248 0.151 0.137

Daily

Average

Unacceptability

rate(%) 40 60 20 0

The valid data are altogether 20 items and the inspection rate for the samples is 100%.The daily average level varies from 0.076 to 0.248mg/m3, and the six samples are within the acceptability rate as 30%.The daily average level maximum is 0.248mg/m3 occurring in the monitored place as Shengqiao Community.

(4) TSP

The monitored results for first TSP level at various places are as shown in Tab 7–11.

The first TSP level at various places (Unit: mg/m3)

Period Index Project

Base

Chenhang

Town

Shengqiao

Community

Haixing

Village

Sanqiao

Village

Shengxing

Village First day 0.151 0.126 0.127 0.106 0.20 0.114

Second day 0.131 0.132 0.141 0.120 0.195 0.127

Third day 0.146 0.107 0.126 0.115 0.218 0.101

Daily Average

Fourth day 0.162 0.112 0.112 0.098 0.245 0.087




7-10

Fifth day 0.170 0.133 0.110 0.121 0.206 0.110

Minimum 0.131 0.107 0.110 0.098 0.20 0.087 Maximum 0.170 0.133 0.141 0.120 0.245 0.127


0 0 0 0 0 0

The valid data are altogether 30 items and the inspection rate for the samples is 100%.The daily average level varies from 0.087 to 0.245mg/m3, and the maximum daily average level is 0.245mg/m3 occurring in the monitored place as Sanqiao village. The TSP daily average levels at all monitored places all satisfy the requirements in the national standard.(0.30mg/m3 as the daily average level limit value for TSP under Grade 2 Standard).

The monitored results for second TSP level at various places are as shown in Tab 7–11

Tab. 7-12 The second TSP level variations at various places (Unit: mg/m3)


Town

Shengqiao

Community

Sanqiao

Village

Haixing

Village

First day 0.316 0.555 0.316 0.175

Second day 0.677 0.570 0.276 0.182

Third day 0.355 0.529 0.280 0.131

Fourth day 0.315 0.569 0.240 0.183

Fifth day 0.681 0.622 0.623 0.164

Minimum 0.315 0.529 0.240 0.131

Maximum 0.681 0.622 0.623 0.183

Daily

Average

Unacceptability

Rate(%) 100% 100% 40% 0

The valid data are altogether 20 items and the inspection rate for the samples is 100%.The daily average level varies from 0.131 to 0.681mg/m3, and the maximum daily average level is 0.681mg/m3 occurring in the monitored place as Sanqiao village. and 12 samples are within the acceptability rate as 60%

(5) Fluoride:

The monitored results for first fluoride level at various places are as shown in Tab 7–13.

The first fluoride level at various places (Unit: mg/m3)




7-11

Period Index Project

Base

Chenhang

Town

Shengqiao

Community

Haixing

Village

Sanqiao

Village

Shengxing

Village

First day 3.4 3.6 2.3 3.0 3.1 2.7

Second day 3.0 3.1 2.9 3.5 2.3 3.0

Third day 2.7 2.7 2.9 2.3 2.5 2.9

Fourth day 2.9 3.4 3.1 2.9 2.9 2.3

Fifth day 2.3 2.9 2.7 2.7 2.9 2.5 Minimum 2.3 2.7 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.3 Maximum 3.4 3.6 3.1 3.5 3.1 3.0

Daily Average


0 0 0 0 0 0

The valid data are altogether 30 items and the inspection rate for the samples is 100%.Daily average level ranges from 2.3 to 3.6μg/m3 and the daily average level for fluoride at various places satisfies the national standard as 7μg/m3 (daily average level limit value for fluoride under Grade 2 standard).

The monitored results for second fluoride level at various places are as shown in Tab 7-14.

The valid data are altogether 20 items and the inspection rate for the samples is 100%.Daily average level ranges from 0.073 to 0.854 μg/m3 and the daily average level for fluoride at various places satisfies the national standard as 7μg/m3 (daily average level limit value for fluoride under Grade 2 standard).

Tab 7-14 The second fluoride level at various places (Unit: mg/m3)


Town

Shengqiao

Community

Sanqiao

Village

Haixing

Village

First day 0.098 0.168 0.078 0.076

Second day 0.093 0.117 0.082 0.085

Third day 0.107 0.134 0.854 0.073

Fourth day 0.103 0.168 0.123 0.121

Fifth day 0.202 0.264 0.202 0.143

Minimum 0.093 0.117 0.078 0.073

Maximum 0.202 0.264 0.854 0.143

Daily

Average

Unacceptability

Rate(%) 0 0 0 0

7.1.2 Evaluation of the environmental air quality status in the project area

7.1.2.1 Evaluation factor




7-12

It is determined that the evaluation factors are SO2、NO2、PM10、TSP and fluoride for environmental air quality status in the locality in accordance with the results due to the survey of the environmental air quality status in the project area.

7.1.2.2 Assessment standards

In accordance with the “Functional Divisions of Shanghai Atmospheric Environment”, Baoshan locality belongs to the Grade 2 national standard for environmental air quality when it comes to the implementation. Therefore the specific standard values are shown in the Tab. 7-15 based on the assessment standard as the national Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality.

Table 7-15 Assessment standard for environmental air (mg/m3)

Sampling time Daily Average One Hour Average

SO2 0.15 0.50

NO2 0.12 0.24

PM10 0.15

TSP 0.30

Fluoride 0.007 0.020

7.1.2.3 Assessment Method

The assessment for environmental air quality status involves the method as calculating the individual pollution index.If the individual pollution index is smaller than 1.0 in value, then it is reflective of a mediocre status; The smaller the value is, the better the environmental air quality, and vice versa.

Ci Pi = ── Si

Where：Pi: Individual environmental air quality index,

Ci The actual measured level of the pollutant i.

Si : The assessment standard for the pollutant i.

7.1.2.4 Assessment result

The assessment result of the first monitoring is shown in the Tab. 7-16.

Table7-16 Characteristics of the variations of the pollutant indexes at the various places in the first monitoring

Name of Pollutant

Time Project Base

Chenhang Town

Shengqiao Community

Haixing Sanqiao Village

Shengxing




7-13

First day 0.067 0.08 0.067 0.1 0.073 0.08

Second day

0.1 0.093 0.073 0.093 0.067 0.067

Third day 0.087 0.107 0.087 0.087 0.08 0.08

Fourth day 0.107 0.087 0.087 0.093 0.067 0.073

SO2

Fifth day 0.087 0.093 0.1 0.087 0.067 0.067

First day 0.292 0.392 0.317 0.342 0.267 0.242

Second day

0.258 0.333 0.267 0.392 0.25 0.275

Third day 0.317 0.308 0.325 0.433 0.317 0.3

Fourth day 0.383 0.325 0.292 0.358 0.258 0.25

NO2

Fifth day 0.283 0.308 0.242 0.417 0.292 0.258

First day 0.4 0.493 0.46 0.347 0.653 0.433

Second day

0.387 0.533 0.613 0.447 0.673 0.52

Third day 0.5 0.407 0.467 0.36 0.707 0.407

Fourth day 0.507 0.42 0.407 0.313 0.767 0.347

PM10

Fifth day 0.553 0.46 0.4 0.447 0.707 0.4

First day 0.503 0.42 0.423 0.353 0.667 0.38

Second day

0.437 0.44 0.47 0.4 0.65 0.423333

Third day 0.487 0.357 0.42 0.383 0.727 0.337

Fourth day 0.54 0.373 0.373 0.327 0.817 0.29

TSP

Fifth day 0.567 0.443 0.367 0.403 0.687 0.367

First day 0.49 0.51 0.33 0.43 0.44 0.39

Second day

0.43 0.44 0.41 0.5 0.33 0.43

Third day 0.39 0.39 0.41 0.33 0.36 0.41

Fourth day 0.41 0.49 0.44 0.41 0.41 0.33

Fluoride

Fifth day 0.33 0.41 0.39 0.39 0.41 0.36

As shown in the Tab., the pollutant indexes are all smaller than 1 at all the places and for all the pollution factors during the first monitoring. This indicates that during the 5-day period from the 23rd of September to the 28th of September the environmental air quality was in a good status due to Autumnal climate for all to be conforming to the requirements in the “Environmental Air Quality Code” as Grade 2 functional locality.

The assessment result of the second monitoring is shown in the Tab. 7-17.




7-14

Tab. 7-17 Characteristics of the variations of the pollutant indexes at the various places in the second monitoring

Name of Pollutant

Time Chenhang

Town Shengqiao Community

Sanqiao Village

Haixing

First day 0.05 0.17 0.24 0.15

Second day 0.09 0.22 0.33 0.22

Third day 0.05 0.13 0.11 0.11

Fourth day 0.1 0.22 0.27 0.4 SO2

Fifth day 0.31 0.54 0.61 0.81

First day 0.4 0.38 0.48 0.77

Second day 0.34 0.43 0.39 0.46

Third day 0.41 0.58 0.66 0.43

Fourth day 0.56 0.57 0.44 0.53 NO2

Fifth day 0.5 0.74 0.7 0.73

First day 0.87 1.11 0.71 0.63

Second day 0.74 0.97 0.51 0.55

Third day 0.75 0.8 0.61 0.59

Fourth day 1.07 1.65 0.86 0.75 PM10

Fifth day 1.13 1.64 1.01 0.91

First day 1.05 1.85 1.05 0.58

Second day 2.26 1.9 0.92 0.61

Third day 1.18 1.76 0.93 0.44

Fourth day 1.05 1.90 0.8 0.61 TSP

Fifth day 2.27 2.07 2.08 0.55

First day 0.01 0.02 0.01 0.01

Second day 0.02 0.02 0.12 0.01

Third day 0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02

Fourth day 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.02 Fluoride

Fifth day 0.443 0.367 0.687 0.367

As is shown in the Tab., the pollutant indexes are all smaller than 1 for SO2、NO2, and the fluoride at all the places during the second monitoring. This indicates that these pollutant indexes all conform to the requirements in the “Environmental Air Quality Code” as Grade 2 functional locality posing no polluting effect on the environment.However, there are 60% TSPs larger than 1 and 30%PM10 larger than 1. This indicates that in the winter the dry climate, flying dust, unprocessed ground, the negative effects due to demolition activities, inadequate road infrastructure and other combined factors are responsible for the TSP、PM10 indexes beyond the standard, including the fact that the numbers of the unacceptable TSP samples doubled that of the PM10.




7-15

7.1.3 Environmental air quality status in the Baoshan locality

(1) Environmental quality status in the Baoshan district

In accordance with the 2003 report on the environmental quality in Baoshan District, the environmental air quality throughout the district in recent years are as shown in the Tab. 7 – 18.

Tab. 7 – 18 The environmental air quality throughout the Baoshan district

Pollution factors 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003

Environmental air quality standard Grade

SO2 0.018 0.023 0.024 0.029 0.026 0.031 0.06 NO2 0.048 0.043 0.08 TSP 0.249 0.235 0.214 0.224 0.240 0.232 0.20

Falling Dust 14.4 12.7 11.4 12.4 12.8 13.0

As is shown in the Tab 7 -18, the annual average level for SO2、NO2 in the air throughout the Baoshan district is in a position to satisfy the requirements as the functional district when the level of floating granule exceeds such requirements. Therefore the general situation is in consistent with the result due to the project monitoring.

7.2 Survey and evaluation of the environmental quality status of the surface water in the inland waters

7.2.1 Monitoring of the environmental quality status of the surface water in the inland waters


The purpose is to get knowledge of the status of the quality of the surface water in the project land and the places around it with a view to providing the background information and interface information for the estimation of the effects of the surface water on its environment, and the basis for the control over the pollution of the surface water quality, and the optimization of the drainage system involved, and the limitation of the total pollutant emissions, and the strengthening of the environmental management.

7.2.1.2 Work and methodology

(1) Time of survey and monitoring frequency

The water quality is monitored for consecutive two days from Sept. 16 of 2004 to Sept. 17 of 2004 with two samples for one day. One sample was taken in the morning and the other in the afternoon during these two days.




7-16

(2) Monitored Items

The monitored 9 items are pH,CODcr,BOD5,NH3-N, petroleum-related substances, fluorides, volatile hydroxybenzene, Chromium (VI) and the total cyanide in order to get a full understanding of both the status of the quality of the surface water in the waters near the project site and the water quality factors involved in the pollutant features due to the construction project.

(3) Arrangement of the monitored sections

The six surface water monitored sections are set around the proposed construction site of the Pudong Steel Works, the New Chuansha River (Inside the sluice gate) and the New Chuansha River (Outside the sluice gate), the West Suitang River, North Dalian River, Yangsheng River and Panjing River. The monitored places are set as shown in the Tab. 7 – 1. A vertical line is set for every water quality monitored section, and the water sample is taken from the top layer, i.e, within 0.5 m from the surface.

(4) Methodology involved in the analysis of the water sample

The water samples shall be collected, preserved, and analyzed in accordance with the regulation required in the “Environmental Surface Water Quality Standard”.The specific methods for the analysis of the water samples are given in 7 – 19.

Table 7-19 Method involved in the analysis of the water sample

Items

Methods involved in the analysis of the water sample

Lower level detected Items

Methods involved in the analysis of the water sample

Lower level detected

PH GB6920-86 - Fluoride(F) GB7484-87 0.05mg/L CODCr GB11914-89 10mg/L Volatile phenol GB7484-87 0.002mg/L

BOD5 GB7484-87 2.00mg/L Total cyanide GB7484-87 0.004mg/L

NH3-N GB7484-87 0.05mg/L Hexavalent chromium

(Cr+6) GB7484-87 0.004mg/L

Petroleum related

substance GB16488-1996 0.01mg/L

(5) Survey of the monitored river course and the sluice gates involved

The basic information on this monitored inland waters and other related water courses are as shown in the Tab. 7 – 20.

Table 7 – 20 Survey of the rivers around the Pudong Steel Works




7-17

N0S. Name of River Course

Width at the bottom

Height at the bottom

Slope Coefficient

Height at the mouth

Width at the mouth

1 New Chuansha 10 0 1:2 4.5 28

2 West Suitang River 4 0.5 1:2 4 18

3 Yangsheng River 8 -0.5 1:2 4.5 28

4 Panjing 8 0 1:2 4.5 26

5 West Dalian Port 6 0.5 1:2 20

6 Dali River 6 0.5 1:2 20 7 Dijing 5 0.5 1:2 4 22 8 Lianqi River 25 -1 1:2.5 4 50

4 gate sluices were built in Baoshan district along the Yangtze River, respectively, the New Chuansha River gate sluice, Laoshidong gate sluice, Lianqi River gate sluice, and the xinshidong gate sluice. The project involves the New Chuansha River gate sluice, Laoshidong gate sluice along the upper stream of the Yangtze River. These gate sluices are closing valves mainly functioning as the tidal lock, flood drainage and navigational purpose. Usually the water level of the inland waters is limited within 2.5m-2.6m when the gate sluice opens four times a day to accommodate navigation. Each opening shall last 10 – 15 minutes during the big tide while 30 – 40 minutes during the small tide. Feeding operation shall limit the water level to about 2.8m if the feeding time is about 4 hours. When it is necessary to discharge the water, the water level shall be limited to 2.2 m for the rainstorm, and 2.6m for the rain of average intensity. Besides, the water level is adjusted on a base of 16 daytimes/month to routinely carry water into the sluice and flush the sewage for the zone. The feeding sluices are the New Chuansha River gate sluice, Laoshidong gate sluice, Lianqi River gate sluice, and the xinshidong gate sluice while the drainage sluices are North Sitang gate Sluice, Huangnitang gate Sluice, Yangsheng River gate Sluice, Dijing gate Sluice. In this case, usually the direction of flow in the inland waters is southward to Yunzaobang.

7.2.1.3 Result of the water quality survey

The monitored results of the various sections in the inland waters are shown in the Tab. 7 – 21 ~ 7 – 26.

Tab. 7 – 21 Monitored results of the surface water in the Xinchuanyang River( Inside the sluice gate)

Time pH BOD5 CODcr CN- Petroleum

related substance

NH3-N Cr6+ Volatile phenol Fluoride




7-18

Morning of Sept.

16 7.67 5.0 24.7 <0.004 0.11 0.40 <0.004 0.005 0.26

Afternoon of Sept. 16 5:00

7.97 4.6 22.4 <0.004 0.04 0.38 <0.004 0.005 0.26

Morning of Sept.

17 7.32 5.0 24.7 <0.004 0.10 0.51 <0.004 <0.002 0.78

Afternoon of Sept.

17 7.98 5.6 28.1 <0.004 0.05 0.57 <0.004 0.003 0.29

Maximum 7.98 5.6 28.1 <0.004 0.11 0.57 <0.004 0.005 0.78

Minimum 7.32 4.6 22.4 <0.004 0.04 0.38 <0.004 <0.002 0.26 Mean value 5.1 24.9 <0.004 0.08 0.47 <0.004 0.004 0.40

Tab. 7 – 22 Monitored results of the surface water in the Xinchuanyang River( Outside the sluice gate) （Unit：mg/l）

Time pH BOD5 CODcr CN- Petroleum

related substance


Morning of Sept.

16 8.10 3.3 18.5 <0.004 0.07 0.76 <0.004 0.004 0.28

Afternoon of Sept.

16 8.10 3.3 19.3 <0.004 0.06 1.52 <0.004 0.003 0.28

Morning of Sept.

17 7.68 3.6 19.1 <0.004 0.09 0.65 <0.004 0.002 0.29

Afternoon of Sept.

17 8.00 3.3 18.2 <0.004 0.10 0.85 <0.004 <0.002 0.55

Maximum 8.10 3.6 19.3 <0.004 0.10 1.52 <0.004 0.004 0.55

Minimum 7.68 3.3 18.2 <0.004 0.06 0.65 <0.004 <0.002 0.28 Mean value 3.4 18.8 <0.004 0.08 0.95 <0.004 0.003 0.35




7-19

Tab. 7-23 Monitored results of the surface water in the West Suitang River (Unit: mg/l)

Time PH BOD5 CODcr CN- Petroleum

related substance


Morning of Sept.

16 7.57 6.1 32.0 <0.004 0.06 3.62 <0.004 0.003 0.28

Afternoon of Sept.

16 7.72 5.1 25.5 <0.004 0.04 3.60 <0.004 0.005 0.27

Morning of Sept.

17 7.14 4.9 25.9 <0.004 0.05 3.66 <0.004 <0.002 0.51

Afternoon of Sept.

17 7.28 4.1 22.8 <0.004 0.05 3.59 <0.004 <0.002 0.47

Maximum value 7.72 6.1 32.0 <0.004 0.06 3.66 <0.004 0.005 0.51

Minim 7.14 4.1 22.8 <0.004 0.04 3.59 <0.004 <0.002 0.27 Average

value 5.1 26.7 <0.004 0.05 3.62 <0.004 0.003 0.38

Tab. 7-24 Monitored results of the surface water in the North Dalian River (Unit: mg/l)


related substance


Morning of Sept.

16 7.44 6.2 30.9 <0.004 0.06 0.45 <0.004 0.002 0.30

Afternoon of Sept.

16 7.56 5.4 27.8 <0.004 0.10 0.41 <0.004 0.002 0.28

Morning of Sept.

17 7.33 5.4 26.6 <0.004 0.10 0.53 <0.004 <0.002 0.45

Afternoon of Sept.

17 6.87 5.8 30.4 <0.004 0.10 0.41 <0.004 0.002 0.55

Maximum value 7.56 6.2 30.9 <0.004 0.10 0.53 <0.004 0.002 0.55

Minim 6.87 5.4 26.6 <0.004 0.06 0.41 <0.004 <0.002 0.28 Average

value 5.7 28.9 <0.004 0.09 0.45 <0.004 0.002 0.40




7-20

Tab. 7-25 Monitored results of the surface water in the Yangsheng River (Unit: mg/l)


related substance


Morning of Sept.

16 7.54 4.0 21.6 <0.004 0.06 3.51 <0.004 0.002 0.72

Afternoon of Sept.

16 7.58 4.9 24.3 <0.004 0.17 1.17 <0.004 0.002 0.72

Morning of Sept.

17 7.80 4.3 23.6 <0.004 0.04 1.47 <0.004 <0.002 0.55

Afternoon of Sept.

17 7.90 4.0 20.5 <0.004 0.05 1.27 <0.004 <0.002 0.55

Maximum value 7.90 4.9 24.3 <0.004 0.17 3.51 <0.004 0.002 0.72

Minim 7.54 4.0 20.5 <0.004 0.04 1.17 <0.004 <0.002 0.55 Average

value 4.3 22.5 <0.004 0.08 1.86 <0.004 0.002 0.64

Tab. 7-26 Monitored results of the surface water in the Panjing River (Unit: mg/l)


related substance


Morning of Sept.

16 7.70 4.3 23.9 <0.004 0.12 2.68 <0.004 <0.002 0.26

Afternoon of Sept.

16 7.96 5.2 27.0 <0.004 0.04 3.41 <0.004 0.003 0.25

Morning of Sept.

17 7.82 4.6 22.8 <0.004 0.10 2.80 <0.004 0.003 0.25

Afternoon of Sept.

17 7.78 5.6 28.5 <0.004 0.09 2.33 <0.004 0.003 0.24

Maximum value 7.96 5.6 28.5 <0.004 0.12 3.41 <0.004 0.003 0.26

Minim 7.70 4.3 22.8 <0.004 0.04 2.80 <0.004 <0.002 0.24 Average

value 4.9 25.7 <0.004 0.088 2.81 <0.004 0.003 0.25

Based on the summarization of the monitored data on the 6 sections the maximum and minimums are shown in the tables as follows within the level range in terms of various pollutant factors.

Tab. 7-27 Level range of surface water in the six sections (Unit: mg/l)




7-21

Level

range pH BOD5 CODcr CN-

Petroleum

related

substance

NH3-N Cr6+ Volatile

phenol Fluoride

Maximum 8.10 6.2 32.0 <0.004 0.17 3.66 <0.004 0.005 0.78

Minim 6.87 3.3 18.2 <0.004 0.04 0.38 <0.004 <0.002 0.24

7.2.2 Water quality status evaluation

(1) Evaluation factor

pH,CODcr,BOD5,NH3-N,Petroleum related substances, fluorides, Volatile phenol, and total cyanide, Cr6+ are selected to be the evaluation factors based on the result of survey of the water quality as well as the sewage discharge characteristics involved in the operations due to the finished project. The average of the 4 water samples obtained during the monitoring period serves as the water quality level.

(2) Evaluation standard

The surface water around the project site shall conform to the functional requirements for the IV water quality under the “Environmental Surface Water Quality Standard”（GB3838-2002） , and this is chosen as the evaluation standard.

Table 7-28 Evaluation standards for environmental quality of surface water (mg/l)

Factors Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V pH 6～9

CODcr 15 15 20 30 40 BOD5 3 3 4 6 10 NH3-N 0.15 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0

Petroleum related substance 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.5 1.0

Fluoride(F) 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.5 1.5 Volatile phenol 0.002 0.002 0.005 0.01 0.1

Cyanide 0.005 0.05 0.2 0.2 0.2 Hexavalent

chromium (Cr+6) 0.01 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1

(3) Evaluation method:

The evaluation method involves the one based on the individual item. That is to say, the average value is taken by reference to the list of evaluation standard classification to assess the classification in terms of the individual evaluation of the factors.

(4) Result of Evaluation




7-22

The results of evaluation are shown in the Tab. 7-29.

Tab. 7-29 Surface Water Evaluation Result (Unit: mg/l)

Venue BOD5 CODcr CN- Petroleum

related substance


Average value 5.1 24.9 <0.004 0.08 0.47 <0.004 0.004 0.40 Xinchuansha( Inside

the gate sluice) Classification Type IV

Type IV Type I Type IV Type I Type I Type

III Type I

Average value 3.4 18.8 <0.004 0.08 0.95 <0.004 0.003 0.35 Xinchuansha( Outside

the gate sluice) Classification Type IV Type III Type I Type IV Type II Type I Type

III Type I

Average value 5.1 26.7 <0.004 0.05 3.62 <0.004 0.003 0.38 West Suitang

River Classification Type IV

Type IV Type I Type III Type

V Type I Type III Type I

Average value 5.7 28.9 <0.004 0.09 0.45 <0.004 0.002 0.40

North Dal ian River Classification Type

IV Type

IV Type I Type IV Type I Type I Type II Type I

Average value 4.3 22.5 <0.004 0.08 1.86 <0.004 0.002 0.64

Yangsheng River Classification Type

IV Type

IV Type I Type IV Type V Type I Type II Type I

Average value 4.9 -{}-25.7 <0.004 0.088 2.81 <0.004 0.003 0.25

Panj ing River Classification Type

IV Type

IV Type I Type IV Type V Type I Type

III Type I

As shown from the Tab., the NH3-N level in some rivers is beyond the standard IV indicating that a strict control will be applied as a necessary measure. For other factors they are within the IV Classification standard, among which the total cyanide and the Cr6+ are not detected. The surface water quality in the locality is generally in consistent with the requirements as the functional zone.

7.3 Evaluation and Survey of the environmental quality status of Yangtze Waters

7.3.1 Survey of the environmental quality status of Yangtze Waters

7.3.1.1 Monitoring scheme

According to the survey performed, Shanghai Environmental Protection Bureau, Shanghai Water Administration Department, Shanghai Waterway Office, National Ocean Department Donghai Branch, Yangtze Waters Protection Department and others are responsible for the monitoring activities directed to the Shanghai section of the Yangtze River as their work requires at present. Shanghai Environmental Protection Bureau monitors the waters at 5 sections from the mouth of Liu River to Bailong Port; Shanghai Water Administration Department




7-23

monitors the waters at 5 sections from the mouth of Liu River to Waigaoqiao; Shanghai Waterway Office monitors the places as required; National Ocean Department Donghai Branch, Yangtze Waters Protection Department monitors the waters at 3 sections from the Xuliujing to the estuary of Yangtze River and further. The monitored project sections set from the mouth of Liu River at the upper (Lower) stream of Yangtze River to the Wusong Mouth in 2003 are mostly done by Shanghai Environmental Protection Bureau, Shanghai Water Administration Department which are the mouth of Liu River, Chenghang Reservoir, Shidongkou (Baosteel’s Quay) and the Wusong Mouth. The monitored sections are as shown in terms of their locations in Tab. 7-2. The environmental monitoring centre performs the monitoring activities for Shanghai Environmental Protection Bauer while East China Normal University is trusted by the Shanghai Water Administration Department to do so.

As the collected monitored data are to some extent irrelevant to the one requested by the project, 3 additional sections are set near the Shidongkou Sewage Works to monitor the water quality of the Yangtze River during its low water period and the date of small tide ( Jan.20 of 2005, or the same date corresponding its lunar calendar.) The first monitored section is set in the middle of the outlet of the Shidongkou Sewage Works, the second in the 2km from the upper stream, the third is 4 km from the lower stream. The monitored sections are as shown in terms of their locations in Tab. 7-2. The monitoring activities are trusted for implementation to the Yangtze Waters Protection Department Yangtze River water environment monitoring centre Shanghai Branch.

7.3.1.2 Monitored Factor

The monitoring factors for water quality in the sections are respectively pH,DO,CODcr,BOD5,NH3-N,and Petroleum related substances, total phosphorous, Volatile phenol, cyanide, and Cr6+.

7.3.1.3 Monitoring frequency




7-24

Fig 7-2 Sketch showing the environmental monitoring stations above the Wusong mouth

The monitored sections within the Shanghai Environmental Protection Bureau are sampled each time respectively for the low water period, the high water period, and the period where there is a compromise between the high and low. For key items the samples are taken at the time where the low and even tide, high and even tide, rapid rising tide, rapid falling tide happen while for items of general importance done at the time where the low and even tide, and high and even tide in line with the law of tidal activities at the estuary of Yangtze River. Usually the three vertical lines are set in the monitored sections for sampling while 4 such lines are done in Wusong mouth.

Shanghai Water Administration Department take the samples each time at the low water period and the high water period respectively in the time where the low and even tide, high and even tide take place and 0.5 m under the water surface, halfway to the water depth as well as 1 m above the bottom.

The three vertical sampling lines are set for 3 monitored sections respectively located 500m, 1000m and 2000m from the shore. Sampling is done 0.5 m under the water surface and 1m above the bottom in the river at the time where the low and even tide, high and even tide take place in accordance with the law of tide governing the estuary of Yangtze River.


The monitoring results are shown in the Tab. 7-30.




7-25

Tab. 7 – 30 Result of survey of 2003 water quality in the project area of Yangtze River section

Mouth of Liu River Chenghang Reservoir Shidongkou Wusong Mouth

Monitoring Factor

Environmental Protection Bureau

Water Administration Department






pH 7.91 7.97 8.05 7.96 7.91 7.35 7.83 DO 8.06 8.83 8.06 8.82 8.95 7.90 6.93 CODcr 6.95 6.96 8.29 7.21 7.10 5.66 13.0 BOD5 2.13 1.76 1.13 1.67 2.19 1.04 1.96 NH3-N 0.43 0.61 0.28 0.61 0.60 0.91 0.84 Petroleum related substance

0.05 0.04 0.02 0.05 0.06 0.08 0.05

Total Phosphorus

0.176 0.084 0.106 0.051 0.064 0.135 0.16

Volatile phenol 0.004 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.001 0.001

yanide 0.001 0.002 0.001 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 (Cr+6) 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002 0.002




7-26

Tab. 7-31 Result of monitoring of the status of the project water quality in the Yangtze River(High and even tide period) (Units are mg/l other than Ph)

Section 2km from the upper stream of the

sewage works

Section of Shidongkou sewage works

Section 4km from the lower stream of the

sewage works Monitoring

Factor Water Layer

500m 1,000m 2,000m 500m 1,000m 2,000m 500m 1,000m 2,000m Upper Layer 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

Water temperature Bottom

Layer 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

Upper Layer 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.7

pH Bottom Layer 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.7 7.7 7.7 7.6 7.6 7.7

Upper Layer 10.8 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.8 10.6 10.6 10.5 10.6

DO Bottom Layer 10.8 10.8 10.7 10.5 10.8 10.7 10.9 10.5 10.7

Upper Layer 16.5 15.7 15.5 18.2 15.7 17.8 15.2 15.0 16.5

CODcr Bottom Layer 17.8 17.2 16.1 18.5 17.6 19.5 17.4 16.1 18.9

Upper Layer 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.8 1.2 1.1 0.8 0.9 1.0

BOD5 Bottom Layer 1.0 1.0 1.4 0.9 1.2 1.1 1.2 1.2 1.2

Upper Layer 0.42 0.40 0.39 0.45 0.40 0.40 0.44 0.43 0.39

NH3-N Bottom Layer 0.41 0.39 0.39 0.46 0.44 0.42 0.46 0.43 0.40

Upper Layer 0.101 0.101 0.100 0.094 0.095 0.094 0.080 0.096 0.089

Total Phosphorus Bottom

Layer 0.104 0.108 0.107 0.096 0.101 0.105 0.090 0.087 0.095

Upper Layer <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004

Cyanide Bottom Layer <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004

Upper Layer <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004

(Cr+6) Bottom Layer <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004

Petroleum related

substance

Upper Layer 0.01 <0.01 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0.05 <0.01

Volatile phenol

Upper Layer <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

Tab. 7-32 Result of monitoring of the status of the project water quality in the




7-27

Yangtze River(Low and even tide period) (Units are mg/l other than Ph)


sewage works




Factor Water Layer

500m 1,000m 2,000m 500m 1,000m 2,000m 500m 1,000m 2,000m Upper Layer 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 Water

temperature Bottom Layer 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5

Upper Layer 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8

pH Bottom Layer 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8 7.8

Upper Layer 11.3 11.3 11.0 11.0 11.0 11.1 11.3 11.3 11.0

DO Bottom Layer 11.0 11.4 11.4 11.4 11.2 11.4 11.0 11.4 11.4

Upper Layer 17.2 18.2 18.9 18.9 18.9 18.2 19.7 22.1 20.0

CODcr Bottom Layer 18.9 18.7 19.5 19.3 20.8 21.7 21.0 23.0 24.2

Upper Layer 2.1 2.1 1.9 1.4 1.4 2.0 1.2 1.2 1.6

BOD5 Bottom Layer 1.9 2.2 2.2 1.6 1.9 2.8 2.1 2.3 2.4

Upper Layer 0.45 0.50 0.48 0.46 0.43 0.50 0.49 0.50 0.45

NH3-N Bottom Layer 0.42 0.53 0.48 0.44 0.47 0.46 0.49 0.48 0.44

Upper Layer 0.104 0.093 0.098 0.105 0.083 0.073 0.072 0.077 0.071 Total

Phosphorus Bottom Layer 0.119 0.117 0.099 0.095 0.075 0.075 0.070 0.073 0.076

Upper Layer <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004

Cyanide Bottom Layer <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004

Upper Layer <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004

(Cr+6) Bottom Layer <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004 <0.004

Petroleum related

substance

Upper Layer 0.02 0.03 0.03 0.01 0.01 0.03 <0.01 0.02 <0.01

Volatile phenol

Upper Layer <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002

7.3.2 Water quality status evaluation

(1) Evaluation factor

pH,DO,CODcr,BOD5,NH3-N,Petroleum related substances, total phosphorus, f Volatile phenol, and total cyanide, Cr6+ are selected to be the evaluation factors




7-28

based on the result of survey of the water quality.


Based on the Shanghai Environmental functional divisions, the 1.5km2 area around the emission outlet of the Shidongkou sewage works belongs to the composite zone while the Yangtze waters shall conform to the functional requirements for the water quality classification II under “Environmental Surface Water Quality Standard”（GB3838-2002）. and this is chosen as the evaluation standard, as shown in the Tab. 7 – 28.

(3) Evaluation method:

The evaluation method involves the one based on the individual item. That is to say, the monitored value is taken by reference to the list of evaluation standard classification to assess the classification in terms of the individual evaluation of the factors.

(4) Result of Evaluation

The results of the monitoring evaluation of the water quality status in the Yangtze River are shown in the Tab. 7-33 and in the 7-35.

Tab. 7-33 Result of evaluation of the 2003 project water quality in the section of Yangtze River

Mouth of Liu River Chenghang Reservoir Shidongk

ou Wusong Mouth

Monitoring

Factor

Envi

ronm

enta

l

Prot

ectio

n Bu

reau

Wat

er A

dmin

istra

tion

Dep

artm

ent

Envi

ronm

enta

l

Prot

ectio

n Bu

reau

Wat

er A

dmin

istra

tion

Dep

artm

ent

Wat

er A

dmin

istra

tion

Dep

artm

ent

Envi

ronm

enta

l

Prot

ectio

n Bu

reau

Wat

er A

dmin

istra

tion

Dep

artm

ent

pH I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

DO I. I. I. I. I. I. II

CODcr I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

BOD5 I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

NH3-N II III I. III III III III

Petroleum

related

substance

I. III I. III IV. IV. III




7-29

Total

Phosphorus III II III II II III III

Volatile

phenol III II I. II II I. I.

Cyanide I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

(Cr+6) I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

As is shown in the Tab.7 -33, pH,DO,CODcr,BOD5,Volatile phenol, and total cyanide, Cr6+ in the section of the mouth of Liu River, Chenghang reservoir, Shidongkou, Wusong are in consistent with the requirements required for the functional area while the NH3-N, petroleum related substances, and total phosphorus are beyond the standard.

Tab. 7-34 Result of monitoring of the status of the project water quality in the Yangtze River(High and even tide period)


sewage works




Factor Water Layer

500m 1,000m 2,000m 500m 1,000m 2,000m 500m 1,000m 2,000m Upper Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. pH Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. Upper Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. DO Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. Upper Layer III III III III III III III III III

CODcr Bottom Layer III III III III III III III III III

Upper Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. BOD5 Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. Upper Layer II II II II II II II II II

NH3-N Bottom Layer II II II II II II II II II

Upper Layer III III III II II II II II II Total

Phosphorus Bottom Layer III III III II III III II II II

Upper Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. Cyanide Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

(Cr+6) Upper Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.




7-30

Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

Petroleum related

substance

Upper Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

Volatile phenol





7-31

Tab. 7-35 Result of monitoring of the status of the project water quality in the Yangtze River(Low and even tide period)


sewage works

Section of Shidongkou sewage

works



Factor Water Layer

500m 1,000m 2,000m 500m 1,000m 2,000m 500m 1,000m 2,000m Upper Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

pH Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.


DO Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

Upper Layer III III III III III III III IV. IV.

CODcr Bottom Layer III III III III IV. IV. IV. IV. IV.


BOD5 Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

Upper Layer II II II II II II II II II

NH3-N Bottom Layer II III II II II II II II II

Upper Layer III II II III II II II II II Total

Phosphorus Bottom Layer III III II II II II II II II


Cyanide Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.


(Cr+6) Bottom Layer I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I. I.

Petroleum related

substance


Volatile phenol


As is shown in the Tab.7-34 and 7-35, pH,DO,BOD5,Volatile phenol, and cyanide, Cr6+,petroleon related substances on the section of 2km upper stream from the sewage works, of Shidongkou sewage works, of 4km from the lower stream of the sewage works are in consistent with the requirements required for the functional area while NH3-N not in few vertical lines, and CODcr not on all the sections and vertical lines, and also the total phosphorus not in terms of the most of the monitored data on the sections of the 2km upper stream from the sewage works, of the Shidongkou sewage works. Among all the factors monitored, the data are




7-32

similar to each other obtained from the sections during the high and even tide, low and even tide, and at the upper level as well as the lower level except that the monitored result for CODcr during the low and even tide from the section of Shidongkou sewage works and of 4km downstream from the sewage works is inferior to that during the high and even tide from the section of 2km upper stream from the sewage works. The water quality in the section of Shidongkou is not falling distinctly compared with that in the other sections, and this indicates that the composite zone is much limited due to the emission outlet of Shidongkou. The 2003 monitored results are closer to those obtained this time in terms of the value except the COD index shows greater difference probably because results this time are representative of the unfavorable low water period while the 2003 monitored values are the mean value of the entire year. The results also indicate that the emission outlet of Shidongkou Sewage Works has little impact on the water quality of the sections belonging to the Yangtze River neighboring to it.

7.4 Evaluation and survey of the status of the acoustic environment

7.4.1 Survey of the status of the acoustic environment


The purpose is to get knowledge of the status of the acoustic environment and provide the measures and the recommendations for dealing with the potential noise pollution due to the finished project.

7.4.1.2 Methodology

(1) Monitoring instrument

The domestic AWA6218B sound meter is used as the monitoring equipment.

(2) Monitoring Method

The status of the noises in the project land shall be monitored in accordance with the requirements specified in the national standard “GB/T14623-93 method for Measuring the Environmental Noises in the Urban Zone”. Specifically, when it comes to the measurement, the microphone shall be placed over 1.2 m above the ground, and not less than 1m from the reflecting surface on the building and others. Besides, the meteorological conditions as the rainlessness and breeziness are required to be chosen.

(3) Monitoring period

The monitoring period this time is from Sept. 24, 2004 to Sept. 25, 2004. Daytime: 8:00-18:00 Nighttime: 23:00- 6:00

④ Arrangement of the monitored points




7-33

5 monitored points are set both within the project land as well as in the boundary, as shown in the Tab. 7-3, in accordance with the environmental features in the area for the monitored values due to the background survey of the environmental noises to be both representative and catholic.


The monitored results for 5 points within the project land are as shown in the Tab. 7-36.

Tab. Monitored results for Leq Equivalent Continuous Sound level within the Project Land (dB(A))

Leq dB（A）

No. Monitored Points Monitoring Period L10 L50 L90 Leq

Moving Traffic Flow(The number

of vehicles per hour)

Daytime 59.8 56.9 55.4 58.4

1#

Inside the Hongxiang Municipal

Construction Company

Nighttime 53.0 50.2 48.1 51.2

Daytime 58.1 55.9 53.8 56.7 2#

Outside the Southern Wall of the Factory of No. 260, Xinchuansha Rd.

Nighttime 46.2 44.0 42.6 45.8

Daytime 59.2 56.7 54.8 58.1 3#

No.29 of Chuansha Block of Chuansha

Village Nighttime 46.2 43.8 42.1 44.2 1

Daytime 66.2 63.1 61.2 65.9 420

4#

Intersection of

Shigang Rd. and Northern Yunchuan

Rd. Nighttime 55.7 50.8 47.8 54.8 72

Daytime 53.0 50.8 48.7 51.2 5# No. 235 of Shigang

Rd. Nighttime 44.7 43.0 42.1 43.8




7-34

The monitored points for the status of the environmental quality of the project noise, soil, and underground water

7.4.2 Evaluation of the status of the acoustic environment


Class 3 code under the “Standard for Environmental Noises in the Urban Zone”(GB3096-93) shall be carried out for the area assessed in terms of all the points except the 4# point that nears the Northern Yunchuan Rd. where the Class 4 code shall be applied to, as shown in Tab. 7-37.

Table 7-37 Assessment standards for environmental noise [Leq dB (A)]

Classification 0 1 2 3 4 Daytime 50 55 60 65 70

Nighttime 40 45 50 55 55


The results of evaluation are as shown in the Tab. 7-38.

0 0.3km 0.9km

Base of Pusteel

Haixing

Luojing Port

Shidongkou Wastewater Treatment Plant

Sanqiao

Legend: ◎ Monitoring points of environmental noise ◆□ Monitoring points of soil and underground water

◎1

◎2

◎3

◎4

◎5

Chenhang reservoir

Industrial park of Baoshan

◆□1

◆□2

◆□3

Shidongkou Gas plant




7-35

Tab. Result of Evaluation of the Environmental Noise

Monitored Place

1# 2# 3# 4# 5#

Daytime Type 3 Type 3 Type 3 Type 4 Type 3 Nighttime Type 3 Type 3 Type 3 Type 3 Type 3

As is shown in the table, the environmental noise values at all places all conform to the requirements as the functional zone. As the 4# point(place) is flanked by the roadside so that it is affected by the traffic noises due to the moving traffic.

7.5 Survey and evaluation of the environmental quality status of underground Water

7.5.1 Survey of the environmental quality status of underground water


The purpose is to monitor the status of the representative well points selected to get knowledge of the status of the underground water quality in the project area, and further to provide the background information for the analysis involved in the impact.

7.5.1.2 Methodology

(1) Monitored place

3 monitored points are set for the evaluation this time by boring a well and perforating a hole with a view to only understanding the changes in the environmental quality of the phreatic water.

(2) Monitoring time

The monitoring is done on the Sept.17 of 2004.

(3) Monitored Items

The monitored items are determined to be the following based on the pollutant features of the construction project as well as the factors laid out in the “Standard for Underground Water Quality GB/T14848-93”:pH,permanganate index,NH4,Volatile phenol, cyanide, Cr+6,Nickel.


The results of monitoring of the underground water quality in 3 wells are shown in the Tab. 7-39.

Tab. Results of monitoring of the underground water quality




7-36

Monitored Place

pH CODMn NH4 Fluoride Volatile phenol

Cyanide Cr6+ Ni

1# 7.16 1.86 0.26 0.26 <0.002 <0.004 <0.004 0.011 2# 7.35 1.74 0.31 0.30 <0.002 <0.004 <0.004 0.006 3# 7.48 1.96 0.66 0.28 <0.002 <0.004 <0.004 0.010

7.5.2 Evaluation of the environmental quality status of underground water

7.5.2.1 Evaluation factor

The surveyed factors as pH,permanganate index,NH4,Volatile phenol, cyanide, Cr+6,Nickel are determined to evaluate the environmental quality of the underground water based on the results of the water quality survey as well as the pollutant features of the finished project due to its operation .


The “Standard for Underground Water Quality GB/T14848-93” is taken as the evaluation standard.

Tab. Classification Index of the underground quality water

No. Monitoring Factor Type I Type II Type III Type IV Type V

1 pH 6.5～8.5 5.5～

6.5,8.5～9 <5.5，>9

2 Permanganate index

≤1.0 ≤2.0 ≤3.0 ≤10 >10

3 NH4 ≤0.02 ≤0.02 ≤0.2 ≤0.5 >0.5 4 Volatile phenol ≤0.001 ≤0.001 ≤0.002 ≤0.01 >0.01 5 Fluoride ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤1.0 ≤2.0 >2.0 6 Cyanide ≤0.001 ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 >0.1 7 (Cr+6) ≤0.005 ≤0.01 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 >0.1 8 Nickel ≤ ≤0.005 ≤0.05 ≤0.05 ≤0.1 >0.1

The underground water quality is divided into 5 Classifications based on the domestic status, health reference values, the objective of protection of the underground water and by reference to the maximum requirements for the water quality of the potable water, industrial and agricultural water.

l Classification I: This is indicative of the natural background level low of the chemical ingredients in the underwater, applied to various purposes.

l Classification II: This is indicative of the natural background level of the chemical ingredients in the underwater, applied to various purposes.

l Classification III: This is in accordance with the health reference value, mainly applied to the industrial and agricultural water, as well as the potable water supplied in a regimental type.




7-37

l Classification IV: This is in accordance with requirements due to the industrial and agricultural water, applied to part of the industrial and agricultural purposes, and to be the potable water after appropriate treatment.

l Classification V: This is unpropitious to be the drinking water. As regards with the use for other purposes the end shall be considered as a basis.

7.5.2.3 Assessment Method

The evaluation involves the method as the individual item.


The results of evaluation are shown in the Tab. 7-41.

Tab. 7-41 Results of evaluation of underground water quality in terms of the individual item

Monitored Place

PH CODMn NH3-N Fluoride Volatile

phenol CN- Cr6+ Ni

1# I. I. IV. I. III II I. II

2# I. I. IV. I. III II I. II

3# I. I. V I. III II I. II

As is shown in 7-29, the monitored factors in the underground water in the project area are all in consistent with the IV standard under the “Standard for Underground Water Quality GB/T14848-93” and this shows that the status of the environmental quality of the underground water in the project area is in a better conditions. The underground water in the project area can be applied to part of the industrial and agricultural purposes, and to be used as the potable water after appropriate treatment.

7.6 Survey and evaluation of the soil environmental quality status

7.6.1 Survey of the soil quality status in the environment


The purpose is to ascertain the status of pollution of the soil environment in the area where the construction project is located.

7.6.1.2 Methodology

(1) Monitored place

3 monitored places are set for the evaluation this time, as specifically shown in the Tab. 7-3.

(2) Monitoring time




7-38

The monitoring is carried out on Sept. 21 of 2004 one time with one sample collected for each monitored place.

(3) Monitored Items

The monitored items are determined to be the following in accordance with the pollutant features due to the construction project: pH,As,Cd,Pb,Cu,Zn,Hg,Cr,Ni. The mixed soil samples are taken from 5,20,40cm under the ground surface. 。


“GB15618-1995 Standard for “Environmental Quality of the Soil” serves as the reference evaluation standard, As shown in the Tab 7-42.

Table 7-42 Assessment standards for soil (15618-1995) (mg/kg)

Monitoring Factor

Grade one Grade two Grade 3

PH Natural

Background <6.5 6.5～7.5 >7.5 >6.5

Cadmium 0.2 0.3 0.6 1.0 Hg 0.15 0.3 0.5 1.0 1.5 Arsenic (dry land) ≤

15 40 30 25 40

Cu (cropland) etc. ≤

35 50 100 100 400

Lead ≤ 35 250 300 350 500 Chromium (dry land) ≤

90 150 200 250 300

Zinc ≤ 100 200 250 300 500 Nickel ≤ 40 40 50 60 200

Grade 1: This is the limit value for the protection of the natural ecology in the region, and for the maintenance of environmental quality of the soil in the natural background.

Grade 2: This is the limit value for the security of the agricultural production, and for the protection of human health.

Grade 3: This is the soil threshold value for the security of agricultural production and forestry, as well as for the healthy growth of the plants.

7.6.2 Results of evaluation and survey

The features are shown in the Tab. 7-43 of the variations in the level of the pollutants in the soil as the surveyed places. As is shown in the Tab. 7 -43, the




7-39

proposed project site has been the agricultural land ever since when basically this is not affected by the heavy metal pollution. Therefore the status of the environmental quality of the soil is classified as Grade 1 and Grade 2.

Tab. 7-43 Results of evaluation of the soil (mg/kg)

Places Characteristics As Cd Pb Zn Cu Cr Ni Hg

Level 8.7 <0.3 23.4 87.4 38.6 51.6 24.8 0.0952 1#

Grade I. II. I. I. II. I. I. I. Level 9.2 <0.3 25.0 134 29.8 73.4 29.3 0.1720

2# Grade I. II. I. II. I. I. I. II. Level 10.0 <0.3 16.7 85.6 24.0 74.0 28.6 0.0762

3# Grade I. II. I. I. I. I. I. I.




8-1

8 Evaluation of atmospheric environment impact

8.1 Metrological feature for pollutants in the project area

The proposed project site for Pudong Steel Company lies 2 km southeast to Baosteel Company, and therefore the metrological feature for pollutants in the project area can be analyzed by reference to the atmospheric level, the vertical flow field, temperature changes, the law of converse temperature, the height of mixed stratum and other data detected in the Baosteel locality.

(1) Wind direction and wind speed in the project area

The project area is heavily affected by the monsoon. According to the metrological data from the municipal metrological science institute, the Southeast wind prevails in summer while the Northern wind in Winter.The average wind speed is 3.4m/s based on the data spanning quite a number of years.PM10

(2) Low attitude wind direction features

Most of the chimneys of the Pudong Steel Works are below 80 m in height, and the main concern is the wind stratum and direction near the ground. The data from actual measurement indicates that the combined frequency is 57% for NW-NE direction in terms of 100m wind stratum and 37% for E –SE. This also shows that the distribution of the wind direction frequency involves the noticeable height variations.

Tab. 8.1-1 Wind direction frequency at various heights in the project area

Height NE E SE S SW W NW N 10 31 37 23 6 0 3 50 26 20 20 3 6 26 100 34 14 23 6 6 17 200 31 29 23 6 3 9 400 23 23 31 6 3 9 6

(3) Vertical distribution features for the wind speed at low attitude

Tab. 8.1 -2 Average wind speed of different wind directions at various heights for the project area




8-2

Height NE E SE S SW W NW N 10 1.3 1.7 1.8 1.5 1.0 50 4.4 4.4 3.6 4.4 3.8 3.1 100 4.3 5.0 5.7 5.0 4.9 4.0 200 4.5 4.8 8.4 7.2 7.0 4.8 400 3.7 5.3 7.5 8.9 1.7 4.4 5.7

(4) Pollution factor

As is shown in the Tab, for the wind stratum at 100m in the project area, the maximum pollution factor is 7.9 for NE wind direction, next to it is the factor for N and SE direction, and the minimum pollution factor is 1.2 for NW and S.

Tab. 8.1 -3 Pollution factor of different wind directions at various heights in the project area

Height NE E SE S SW W NW N 10 23.8 21.8 12.8 4.0 3.0 50 5.9 4.5 5.6 0.7 1.6 8.4 100 7.9 2.8 4.0 1.2 1.2 4.3 200 6.9 6.0 2.7 0.8 0.4 1.8 400 6.2 4.3 4.1 0.7 1.8 2.0 1.1

(5) Converse temperature near the ground

The project area is in the neighborhood of the Yangtze River while being subject to the greater wind speed and unpropitious to the formation of the converse temperature near the ground. Therefore the converse temperature near the ground is low (44%) and small in thickness (192 m) having less noticeable hindrance to the diffusion of the near-ground pollutants.

Tab. 8.1-4 Characteristics of the converse temperature near the ground in winter in the project area (at 8 o’clock)

Converse temperature frequency

Average thickness, (m) Intensity of the converse temperature

44 192 -1.84

(6) Height of mixed atmospheric stratum

The height of mixed atmospheric stratum is greater in winter in the project area,




8-3

and has less noticeable effect on the vertical diffusion of the project outgoing pollutants.

Tab. 8.1-5 The height of mixed atmospheric stratum under different stability in the project area

Stability B C D E Height of mixed

stratum 935 729 513 345

(7) Atmospheric stability

The observation of the atmospheric stability is carried out by Shanghai Metrological Science Institute in Longhua Observatory, and its result is shown as follows in 8.1-6.

Tab. 8.1 – 6 Monthly frequency of occurrence for the stability

Stability 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Average A 0.5 0.7 0.8 1.1 1.7 1.5 1.2 0.9 1.1 1.5 0.5 0.2 0.98 B 6.9 6.5 7.1 11.1 15.5 12.7 14.5 9.8 11.7 10.1 8.4 10.4 10.39 C 11.4 11.5 11.7 16.5 18.2 17.2 18.5 18.2 15.2 13.5 11.9 14.9 14.90 D 60.0 63.5 63.7 53.9 46.9 53.1 49.6 53.3 45.1 47.1 54.1 43.6 52.88 E 15.3 14.1 13.2 13.4 12.6 12.9 13.7 14.7 19.7 19.8 18.1 20.0 15.63

Fluoride 4.5 3.3 2.9 3.4 3.8 2.3 2.2 2.8 5.9 5.9 5.7 9.1 4.35

As is shown in the Tab., the occurred frequency for D catalogue stability is as high as 52.88%, and next to it is C and E catalogue being respectively 14.90% and 15.63% while for A catalogue stability is less than 1%.

8.2 8.2 Estimated parameters and mode

8.2.1 Estimation of pollutant intensity

According to the engineering analysis, the pollutant intensity is shown in the Tab. 8.2-1 due to the finished project of the removal of the Pudong Steel Works in Luojing.

Tab. 8.2-1 List of the pollutant intensity due to the finished project of the removal of the Pudong Steel Works in Luojing




8-4

No. m (kg/h) NOx

(kg/h)

7.5

(kg/h)

F

7.5 (kg/h)

height

(m)

Temp.

(°C)

(Nm3/h)Win

d Volume

(m)

Diameter

1 15.0 45.0 / / 25 50 300000 2.5

2

Reducing gas

heating equipment

Miderx

5.5 11.0 / / 30 250 55000 1.5

3 Pusher type furnace 5.2 13.1 / / 60 430 54530 2.5

4 Positive

displacement furnace 15.2 38.4 / / 70 430 160000 4.0

5 External mechanized

furnace 5.0 14.9 / / 30 200 62000 1.0

6 Bogie hearth furnace 5.0 6.2 / / 30 200 62000 1.0

7 (NG)1# Roller

furnace(Bottom)(NG) 0.3 4.0 / / 25 470 39800 0.9

8 2# Radiation pipe

roller bottom 3.7 4.1 / / 30 400 41000 1.3

9 3# Radiation pipe

roller bottom 3.7 4.1 / / 30 400 41000 1.3

10

Double beam type

positive displacement

furnace

1.4 3.7 / / 30 400 15430 1.3

11

Double beam type

positive displacement

furnace

1.4 3.7 / / 30 400 15430 1.6

12 Stainless plate

pickling equipment 0 6.0 / 0.205 30 20 25000 /

13 Steckel–type furnace 14.3 36.0 / / 80 400 150000 2.5

14 Coiling furnace 4.8 12.0 / / 40 350 60000 1.0

15 Lime kiln (2 sets) 6.5 24.0 / / 20 80 100000 2.5

16 CCPP 103.0 126.7 / / 60 120 1584000 7.0

17 Non-stacked type

steel making Shop 0 6.8 / / / / 45000 /

18

Non–stacked type

continuous casting

equipment

1.1 2.3 / / / / 15000 /

19

Non-stacked

type(Board and thick

plate)

0.2 4.2 / / / / 28000 /

20 (NG) Steam engine 0 0 / / / / / /




8-5

21 Furnace(Steel

making shop) / 12.0 / / 30 50 1200000 7.0

22 Feeding and

transportation / / 38.2 / 30 20 1200000 5.0

23 Ore scalping

operation / / 2.5 / 25 20 80000 1.3

24 / / 2.5 / 25 20 80000 1.3 25 Coal bay / / 3.2 / 25 20 100000 1.5 26 Ore channel / / 4.5 / 25 20 140000 1.8

27 Coal channel system

/ / 3.2 / 25 20 100000 1.5

28 Loading from furnace Top

/ / 1.9 / 25 30 60000 1.2

29 Processing of the pulverized Coal

/ / 6.4 / 25 20 200000 2.0

30 Tap hole / / 70.0 / 25 50 2400000 6.5

31 Iron casting machine

/ / 4.4 / 25 50 150000 2.0

32 Warehouse and supplying operations

/ / 3.2 / 25 20 100000 2.0

33 Feeding from the furnace top

/ / 1.3 / 25 20 40000 1.3

34 DRI Storage and transportation

/ / 3.2 / 25 20 100000 2.0

35 Molten iron desulphurization and dusting

/ / 21.9 0.099 30 50 750000 5.8

36 Converter OG dusting

/ / 9.2 0.353 80 50 220000 3.0

37 The second dusting for the converter

/ / 35 0.123 30 50 1200000 6.3

38 Dusting of the furnace

/ / 35.0 0.128 30 50 1200000 6.5

39 Dusting of continuous casting tundish

/ / 2.3 / 30 50 80000 2.0




8-6

40 Dusting of molten water pouring station

/ / 21.9 / 30 50 750000 5.8

41 Dusting of continuous casting tundish

/ / 2.3 / 25 50 80000 2.0

42 Underground warehouse for auxiliary material

/ / 3.8 / 25 20 120000 2.5

43

Underground warehouse for ferro-alloy material

/ / 3.8 / 25 20 120000 2.5

44 Peening of thick plate

/ / 0.7 / 25 20 25000 1.0

45 Purification of vertical kiln flue

6.5 24.0 2.2 / 25 160 100000 2.5

46 Storage and scalping operation for raw material

/ / 4.8 / 25 20 150000 3.0

47 Storage and processing of finished products

/ / 4.4 / 25 50 150000 3.0

48 Raw material site

/ / 65 / / / Non-stack

type /

49 Iron making system

/ / 45 / / / Non-stack

type /

50 Steel making system

/ / 35 / / / Non-stack

type /

51 Slag Room

/ / 12 / / / Non-stack

type /

8.2.2 Selection of the model and rectification of the parameters

The mathematical mode is employed to calculate and assess the effects of the project pollutant factors on the environmental atmospheric quality in the area.

(1) Mode of gas diffusion

a In windy times on the leeward of the exhaust tube under U10≥1.5m/s, the concentration obtained by being sampled within 24 hours.




8-7

FYU

QCyzy

⋅

−

= 2

2

2exp

2 σσσπ

Where: C—The concentration of the pollutant of a spatial point, mg/m3;

Q—Emissions per unit time, mg/s;

Y— The cross distance on the horizontal plane between this point and the axis of the balanced wind directions passing the exhaust tube.

σy—The cross diffusion parameter on the horizontal level vertical to the balanced wind directions.

σz—The vertical diffusion parameter, m;

U—The average wind speed at the outlet of the exhaust tube, m/s。

∑+

−=

+−+

−−=

k

kn zz

HenhHenhF 2

2

2

2

2)2(exp

2)2(exp

σσ

Where: h—The thickness of the mixed stratum, m;

He—The valid height of the exhaust tube.

He can be calculated in accordance with the following equation:

H H He = + ∆

Where: H The geometrical height of the exhaust tube above the ground.

ΔH: The height for flue elevation, m.

b The formula is as follows regarding the maximum ground thickness (Cm, mg/m3) and (Xm) within 30 minutes as the sampling time.




8-8

( )

−

−

−

+

−

+⋅

=

⋅⋅

+

⋅=

⋅⋅⋅⋅=

22

2

1

2

12

1

21

21

2

1

1

2

12111

21

2

1

211

12

1

1

2

2)(

αα

αα

αα

αα

αα

αα

αα

π

rHXm

eH

rrP

PHueQXmCm

e

e

e

c Under the conditions as the slight wind (1.5m/s>U10≥0.5m/s)and static wind(U10<0.5m/s), the concentration for any point on the ground within 24 hours as sampling time:

GQYXC L ⋅= 202

2/3)2(2),(

ηγπ

d The long term average concentration for multi-exhaust tube:

)(),( ∑∑ ∑∑ ∑ +=i j

Lijkr

Lrijkk r

ijkrijk fcfcYXc

(2) Diffusion mode for dust(granule)

For the granule as 15μ in its diameter, the oblique cloud mode where the effect of the gravitation on the granule is considered.

C Qu

y V X U H

y z y

g e

z

=+

− −⋅ −( ) exp[

( / )]1

2 2 2

2

2

2

2

απ σ σ σ σ

For details regarding the various symbols of the mode see “Guidelines to Evaluation Method on the Environmental Effect”

Vg---The falling speed of the granule calculated with the STOCKS:




8-9

µρ

18

2 gdVg =；

d、 ρ---- The diameter and the density of the granule respectively;

G= acceleration due to gravity, m/s2

μ----The air viscosity coefficient 1.8*10-5 N*S*M2

Tab. 8.2-2 Ground reflection factor

Diameter of the Granule

15~30 31~47 60 76~100

Average Diameter

22 38 50 85

Reflection Factor 0.8 0.5 0.3 0

(3) Rectification mode for non-point type pollution

The calculation formula for the non-point type pollution is based on the point type diffusion mode when the diffusion parameters σy and σz will be rectified. The rectified σy and σz are respectively as:

15.22

2HXz += αγσ

3.41

1y

y

aX += αγσ

X——The distance between the center point of the non-point source and the recipient point.

αy——The length along the Y direction of the non-point source.

H——The average exhausted height of the non-point source.

(4) Diffusion Model of Shoreline Fumigation




8-10

As the evaluated project is in the neighborhood of large waters in the Yangtze estuary, the maximum value and distribution value of the ground thickness due to shoreline fumigation.

)()2

exp(2 2

2

PYUhQc

YFyfff Φ

−=

σσπ

For details regarding the various symbols of the mode see “Guidelines to Evaluation Method on the Environmental Effect”

(5) The calculation formula for health protection distance

The health protection distance is calculated by using the formula as follows in accordance with “ Technical Method for Formulation of Emission Standard for Local Atmospheric Pollutants”.

DC

m

c LrBLAC

Q 50.02 )25.0(1 +=

Where: Qc─ Emissions through non-stack type.

Cm─ Standard Concentration Limit, mg/m3;

A、B、C、D ─The calculation factors for to be selected in accordance with the requirements in the “ Technical Method for Formulation of Emission Standard for Local Atmospheric Pollutants”.

r ─ The equivalent radius of the production unit where the source of non-stack type harmful gas emissions is located, m;

L ─ Health protection distance,m

8.2.3 Calculation conditions

(1) Point source emissions

l One time thickness value, wind direction: SE, E, NW, wind speed: 1m/s, 3.4m/s, Stability: D.




8-11

l Typical daily average thickness value

Basically a typical day is selected based on the meteorological conditions that are typical of better ones in the locality when the pollutants are diffused under the circumstances in line with the local meteorological features. According to the meteorological data of Baoshan district (obtained from Shanghai Steel Research Institute), the evaluation chooses the meteorological parameters on the Jan. 19 of 2001 as shown in the Tab. As follows to be employed for the estimation of the daily average pollutant concentration.

Tab. 8.2-3 Typical daily meteorological parameters

Time Wind

Direction Wind Speed

Level of Stability

Time Wind

Direction Wind Speed

Level of Stability

0 SSW 2.5 E 12 N 2.3 C 1 S 2.2 E 13 N 2.0 B 2 SSW 1.6 E 14 N 1.7 B 3 S 0.9 E 15 N 1.4 C 4 S 1.3 E 16 NE 1.4 D 5 S 0.6 E 17 ENE 3.2 D 6 SSW 1.0 E 18 E 3.0 D 7 S 1.4 E 19 E 3.8 D 8 S 0.8 E 20 ENE 3.5 E 9 SSE 1.0 E 21 E 3.0 E 10 NNW 2.1 D 22 ENE 3.1 E 11 N 1.8 D

23 ENE 2.8 E

Annual average concentration

(2) Non-stack emissions

Calculation of the health protection distance for non-stack emissions

(3) Shoreline Fumigation

It is necessary to calculate the effect of the project on three sensitive points as the reservoir, Chenhang Town, Shengqiao Town under the circumstances as required by the Shoreline Fumigation.




8-12

8.3 Estimation of the calculation result.

8.3.1 Point source emission

The Tab 8.3-4~8.3-7 and Fig 8-1~ Fig 8-15 shows that under the point source emission，SO2,NO2,(dust) PM10 and F have had the effects on the various sensitive points in terms of the one time concentration, typical day, annual average concentration.

Tab 8.3 – 4 Effects of SO2 in terms of the one time concentration, typical day, annual average concentration

Meteorological conditions

Maximum Fallen

Concentration (mg/m3)

Place of Occurrence

Effects on the Sensitive Points (mg/m3)

Southeast Wind, 3.4m/s,SO2 one time concentration

0.08 about 0 ~ 1500 m NW of the Works boundary

Reservoir 0.008

Southeast Wind, 1.0m/s,SO2 one time concentration

0.16 Within the Works Boundary

Reservoir 0.008

East Wind, 3.4m/s,SO2 one time concentration

0.09 about 200 ~ 1000 m W of the Works boundary

Chenango Town 0.03

East Wind, 1.0m/s,SO2 one time concentration

0.18 about 100 ~ 300 m W of the Works boundary

Chenango Town 0.02

Northwest Wind, 3.4m/s,SO2 one time concentration

0.12 about 800 ~ 1500 m SE of the Works boundary

Shengqiao Town 0.08

Northwest Wind, 1.0m/s,SO2 one time concentration


Shengqiao Town 0.06

SO2 Typical Day 0.025 about 100 ~ 600 m SE of the Works boundary

Reservoir 0.005 Chenhang Town 0.005 Shengqiao Town 0.001

SO2 Annual Average 0.01

In the middle area of the Works

As shown in the Tab. 8.3-4, the maximum fallen concentration is the 0.18mg/m3 for SO2 one time concentration under the East wind and 1m/s wind speed, and this occurs about 100~300m West of the Works boundary satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality. The maximum fallen




8-13

concentration is the 0.025 mg/m3 for SO2 typical day concentration, and this occurs about 100~600m SE of the Works boundary satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality. The annual average concentration is 0.01mg/m3, and it occurs in the middle area of the Works also satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality.

Tab 8.3–5 Effects of NO2 in terms of the one time concentration, typical day, annual average concentration


Maximum Fallen Concentration (mg/m3)

Place of Occurrence


Southeast Wind, 3.4m/s,NO2 one time concentration

0.17 about 0 ~ 1500 m NW of the Works boundary

Reservoir 0.17

Southeast Wind, 1.0m/s,NO2 one time concentration


Reservoir 0.12

East Wind, 3.4m/s,NO2 one time concentration


Chenhang Town 0.10

East Wind, 1.0m/s,NO2 one time concentration


Chenhang Town 0.07

Northwest Wind, 3.4m/s,NO2 one time concentration


Shengqiao Town 0.15

Northwest Wind, 1.0m/s,NO2 one time concentration


Shengqiao Town 0.05 Reservoir 0.005 Chenhang Town 0.005

NO2 Typical Day 0.04 about 100 ~ 500m SE of the Works boundary

Shengqiao Town 0.005

NO2 Annual Average 0.025 In the middle area of the Works

As shown in the Tab. 8.3-5, the maximum fallen concentration is the 0.35mg/m3 for NO2 one time concentration under the Southeast wind and 1m/s wind speed, and this occurs within the Works boundary exceeding the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality. The maximum fallen concentration is the 0.04mg/m3 for NO2 typical day concentration, and this occurs about




8-14

100~500m SE of the Works boundary satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality. The annual average concentration is 0.025mg/m3, and it occurs in the middle area of the Works also satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality.

Tab. 8.3 – 6 The effects of PM10 in terms of typical day, annual average concentration


Maximum Fallen

Concentration (mg/m3)

Place of Occurrence

Effects on the Sensitive Points (mg/m3) Reservoir 0.01 Chenhang Town 0.01

PM10 Typical day 0.12 Within the Works Boundary

Shengqiao Town 0.01

PM10 Annual average 0.07

Within the Works Boundary

As shown in the Tab. 8.3-6, the maximum fallen concentration is the 0.12mg/m3 for PM10 typical day concentration, and this occurs about 100~500m SE of the Works boundary satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality. The annual average concentration is 0.07mg/m3, and it occurs within the Works boundary also satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality.

Tab 8.3–7 Effects of F in terms of the one time concentration, typical day concentration


Maximum Fallen Concentration (ug/m3)

Place of Occurrence

Effects on the Sensitive Points (ug/m3)

Southeast Wind, 3.4m/s,F one time concentration

0.8 about 0 ~ 1,000m NW of the Works boundary

Reservoir 0.8

Southeast Wind, 1.0m/s,F one time concentration


Reservoir 1.0

East Wind, 3.4m/s, F one time 0.7 about 0 ~ 700m W of Chenhang




8-15

concentration the Works boundary Town 0.3 East Wind, 1.0m/s, F one time concentration


Chenhang Town 0.2

Northwest Wind, 3.4m/s,F one time concentration


Shengqiao Town 0.3

Northwest Wind, 1.0m/s,F one time concentration


Shengqiao Town 0.2 Reservoir 0.1 Chenhang Town 0.1 F Typical Day 0.25

Within the Works Boundary

Shengqiao Town 0.01

As shown in the Tab. 8.3-7, the maximum fallen concentration is the 1.6ug/m3 for F one time concentration, and this mostly occurs within the Works boundary satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality. The typical day average concentration is 0.25ug/m3, and it occurs within the Works boundary also satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality.

The finished project has effected the concentration in the sensitive points as shown in the Tab. 8.3 – 8 after the calculation is done and after the estimated value and the background value are superimposed for the typical day concentration when the point source emission is considered.

Tab 8.3-8 Effects of the finished project on the concentration in the sensitive points in terms of typical day when the point source emission is considered

Background Value

Superimposed Value

Sensitive Point

Factor Autumn Winter

Estimated Value

Autumn Winter Standard

SO2 0.014 0.050 0.005 0.019 0.055 0.15 NO2 0.047 0.07 0.005 0.052 0.075 0.12 (PM10) 0.057 0.103 0.01 0.067 0.113 0.15

Reservoir

Fluoride 0.0029 0.0001 0.0001 0.0030 0.0002 0.007 SO2 0.014 0.018 0.005 0.019 0.023 0.15 NO2 0.04 0.053 0.005 0.045 0.058 0.12 (PM10) 0.055 0.137 0.01 0.065 0.147 0.15

Chenghang Town

Fluoride 0.0028 0.0001 0.0001 0.0029 0.0002 0.007 Shengqiao SO2 0.012 0.038 0.001 0.013 0.039 0.15




8-16

NO2 0.035 0.065 0.005 0.040 0.070 0.12 (PM10) 0.070 0.185 0.01 0.080 0.195 0.15

Town

Fluoride 0.0031 0.0001 0.00001 0.00311 0.00011 0.007

As is seen from the preceding analysis, the finished project will have less noticeable effects on the sensitive point due to the superimposed daily average concentration in terms of SO2,NO2,PM10 and fluoride when the point source emission in autumn is considered satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality. This will also have less noticeable effects on the sensitive point due to the superimposed daily average concentration in terms of SO2,NO2 and fluoride when the point source emission in winter is considered satisfying the limit value under the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality. The estimated typical day concentration in Shengqiao Town in terms of PM10 is only 6.7% of value specified in the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality, however, the project will have an effect on the Shengqiao Town when it is superimposed on the background value beyond the standard that the superimposed concentration exceeds the requirements specified in the Grade 2 standard for environmental air quality.

8.3.2 Non-stack type emissions

The impact of the non-stack type emission sources on the nearest Works boundary

The non-stack type emission sources due to finished project consists of 4 places, the raw material site, steel making system, iron making system, and the slag room. The effects of these 4 non-stack type emission sources on the nearest Works boundary is shown in the Tab. 8.3-9.

Tab. 8.3-9 The impact of the non-stack type emission sources on the nearest Works boundary

Non-stack type emissions

area (m2)

Intensity of Emission Source

(kg/h)

Distance to the Works Boundary

(m)

Effects on the Works boundary

Raw material site

153125 65 60 4.6

Iron making system

186240 45 105 1.9

Steel making system

183750 35 175 1.15




8-17

Slag Room 6782 12 233 0.89

The health protection distance will be determined based on the superimposed stack and non-stack type emissions.

The health protection distance will be determined based on the superimposed stack and non-stack type emissions

The results of calculation as the superimposition of concentrations due to stack and non-stack type emissions are shown in the Tab. 8.3 – 10.

Tab. 8.3 – 10 The source distance from the superimposition of concentrations due to the stack and non-stack type emissions in the raw material site.

The raw material site is 60m NE and SE of the Works boundary Source Distance

Effects due to stack type emissions

Effects due to non-stack type emissions

Superimposed effects

50 0.2 3.5 3.7 100 0.3 1.5 1.8 150 0.3 1.2 1.5 200 0.4 1.0 1.4 250 0.4 0.85 1.25 300 0.5 0.74 1.14 350 0.5 0.66 1.16 400 0.5 0.59 0.99 450 0.4 0.53 0.93 500 0.4 0.48 0.88

As shown in the above Tab., the calculation of the health protection distance is 395 m for the material site and it is determined as 400 m minus 60m from the site to the Works boundary. Therefore the health protection distance is 340m beyond the Works boundary under control in the NE and SE sides of the raw material site.

The health protection distance will be determined based on the superimposed stack and non-stack type emissions at the iron making system.

The results of calculation as the superimposition of concentrations due to stack and non-stack type emissions at the iron making system are shown in the Tab. 8.3–11.




8-18

Tab. 8.3–11 The source distance from the superimposition of concentrations due to the stack and non-stack type emissions at the iron making system.

The iron making system is 105m SW of the Works boundary Source Distance Effects due to

stack type emissions



50 0.35 1.1 1.45 100 0.45 0.84 1.29 150 0.45 0.71 1.16 200 0.50 0.59 1.09 250 0.45 0.51 0.96 300 0.40 0.45 0.85 350 0.40 0.41 0.81 400 0.35 0.37 0.72 450 0.35 0.34 0.69 500 0.30 0.31 0.61

As shown in the above Tab., the calculation of the health protection distance is 270m for the iron making system and it is determined as 300m minus 105m from the iron making system to the Works boundary. Therefore the health protection distance is 195m beyond the Works boundary under control in the SW sides of the iron making system.

The health protection distance will be determined based on the superimposed stack and non-stack type emissions at the steel making site. .

The results of calculation as the superimposition of concentrations due to stack and non-stack type emissions at the steel making site are shown in the Tab. 8.3–12. -{}-

Tab. 8.3–12 The source distance from the superimposition of concentrations due to the stack and non-stack type emissions at the steel making system.

The steel making system is 175m from the Works boundary Source Distance




50 0.35 0.8 1.15 100 0.45 0.6 1.06




8-19

150 0.45 0.52 0.97 200 0.50 0.45 0.95 250 0.45 0.41 0.86 300 0.40 0.36 0.76 350 0.40 0.33 0.73 400 0.35 0.30 0.65 450 0.35 0.28 0.60 500 0.30 0.26 0.56

As shown in the above Tab., the calculation of the health protection distance is 180m for the steel making system and it is determined as 200m minus 175m from the steel making system to the Works boundary. Therefore the health protection distance is 25m beyond the Works boundary under control in the SW sides of the steel making system.

The health protection distance will be determined based on the superimposed stack and non-stack type emissions at the slag room.

The results of calculation as the superimposition of concentrations due to stack and non-stack type emissions at the slag room are shown in the Tab. 8.3–13.

Tab. 8.3–13 The source distance from the superimposition of concentrations due to the stack and non-stack type emissions at the slag room

The slag room is 233m from the Works boundary Source Distance




50 0.35 0.53 0.88 100 0.45 0.43 0.88 150 0.45 0.37 0.82 200 0.50 0.29 0.79 250 0.45 0.25 0.70 300 0.40 0.21 0.61 350 0.40 0.18 0.58 400 0.35 0.15 0.50 450 0.35 0.14 0.49 500 0.30 0.13 0.43

As shown in the above Tab., the calculation of the health protection distance is




8-20

30m for the slag room and it is determined as 50m minus 233m from the slag room to the Works boundary. Therefore the health protection distance is not required to be under control beyond the Works boundary in the SW sides of the slag room.

8.3.3 Shoreline Fumigation

The shoreline fumigation mainly occurs in the NE conditions. The Tab. 8.3 – 14 and Fig 8 – 26 ~ Fig 8 - 28 shows the effects of the one time level for SO2、NO2、TSP on the various sensitive points. As is shown in the Tab. 8.3-14, under the shoreline fumigation conditions, the maximum fallen level for SO2 is 0.16 mg/m3, the maximum fallen level for NO2 is 0.15 mg/m3 with both satisfying the limit value under Grade 2 Standard of environmental air quality. The maximum fallen level for TSP is 0.60mg/m3 when most fall to within 100 ~ 500m SW of the works, mainly in the Baoshan Industrial Park, having less noticeable effects on the sensitive points.




8-21

Tab. 8.3-14 Effects of the pollutant level under the fumigation conditions


Maximum Fallen Concentration (mg/m3)

Place of Occurrence


Southeast Wind, SO2 one time concentration

0.16 about 500m SW of the Works boundary

None

Northwest Wind, NO2 one time concentration

0.15 0 ~ about 500m SW of the Works boundary

None

Northwest Wind, TSP one time concentration

0.60 about 0 ~ 100m SW of the Works boundary

None




8-22

Fig 8-1 Effects of SO2 one time concentration as point source emission under SE wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-23

Fig 8-2 Effects of SO2 one time concentration as point source emission under SE wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project

Fig 8-3 Effects of SO2 one time concentration as point source emission under E wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-24

Fig 8-4 Effects of SO2 one time concentration as point source emission under E wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project




8-25

Fig 8-5 Effects of SO2 one time concentration as point source emission under NW wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-26

Fig 8-6 Effects of SO2 one time concentration as point source emission under NW wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project




8-27

Fig 8-7 Effects of SO2 typical day concentration as point source emission due to finished project




8-28

Fig. 8-8 SO2 Effects of the annual average concentration due to the finished project




8-29

Fig 8-9 Effects of NO2 one time concentration as point source emission under SE wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-30

Fig 8-10 Effects of NO2 one time concentration as point source emission under SE wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project




8-31

Fig 8-11 Effects of NO2 one time concentration as point source emission under E wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-32

Fig 8-12 Effects of NO2 one time concentration as point source emission under E wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project




8-33

Fig 8-13 Effects of NO2 one time concentration as point source emission under NW wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-34

Fig 8-14 Effects of NO2 one time concentration as point source emission under NW wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project




8-35

Fig 8-15 Effects of NO2 typical day concentration as point source emission due to finished project




8-36

Fig. 8-16 NO2 Effects of the annual average concentration due to the finished project




8-37

Fig 8-17 Effects of PM10 typical day concentration as point source emission due to finished project




8-38

Fig. 8-18 PM10 Effects of the annual average concentration due to the finished project




8-39

Fig 8-19 Effects of F one time concentration as point source emission under SE wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-40

Fig 8-20 Effects of F one time concentration as point source emission under SE wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project




8-41

Fig 8-21 Effects of F one time concentration as point source emission under E wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-42

Fig 8-22 Effects of F one time concentration as point source emission under E wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project




8-43

Fig 8-23 Effects of F one time concentration as point source emission under NW wind of 3.4m/s in speed due to finished project




8-44

Fig 8-24 Effects of F one time concentration as point source emission under NW wind of 1.0m/s in speed due to finished project




8-45

Fig 8-25 Effects of F typical day concentration as point source emission due to finished project




8-46

Fig.8-26 Effects of SO2 one time concentration under NE and fumigation conditions due to the finished project




8-47

Fig.8-27 Effects of NO2 one time concentration under NE and fumigation conditions due to the finished project




8-48

Fig.8-28 Effects of PM10 one time concentration under NE and fumigation conditions due to the finished project

